diff options
| author | Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl> | 2006-01-03 19:57:17 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl> | 2006-01-03 19:57:17 +0000 |
| commit | 227f8b27877ec5604daad61fedbdde30546bbb42 (patch) | |
| tree | bdc88912231e58fefa40ae0db60a7af547b0e536 /po/zh_CN | |
| parent | 071d2aa8400efe28b98495402bcd8b58b51afe9f (diff) | |
| download | installation-guide-227f8b27877ec5604daad61fedbdde30546bbb42.zip | |
Update of POT and PO files for the manual
Diffstat (limited to 'po/zh_CN')
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po | 750 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/boot-new.po | 1811 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/install-methods.po | 415 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po | 95 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/post-install.po | 35 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/preparing.po | 664 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/preseed.po | 1585 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/random-bits.po | 2004 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po | 1403 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/welcome.po | 56 |
10 files changed, 4733 insertions, 4085 deletions
diff --git a/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po b/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po index 2e9d4332f..c133f4a15 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-31 09:41+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -143,7 +143,10 @@ msgid "" "The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console " "combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). " "The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." -msgstr "下面表格总结了可用以及支持的系统类型/控制台组合(系统类型名称参见 <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>)。单词 <quote>ARC</quote> 注明任何和 ARC 兼容的控制台。" +msgstr "" +"下面表格总结了可用以及支持的系统类型/控制台组合(系统类型名称参见 <xref " +"linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>)。单词 <quote>ARC</quote> 注明任何和 ARC 兼容的控制" +"台。" #. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:107 @@ -361,7 +364,11 @@ msgid "" "<command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. " "See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</" "ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "一般来说，这些控制台都不能直接引导 Linux ，因此需要一个中间引导装载程序。对于 SRM 控制台，<command>aboot</command>，小型的，平台独立的引导装载器。参见(抱歉的是它也有点过时了)<ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> 来获得更多有关信息 <command>aboot</command>。" +msgstr "" +"一般来说，这些控制台都不能直接引导 Linux ，因此需要一个中间引导装载程序。对" +"于 SRM 控制台，<command>aboot</command>，小型的，平台独立的引导装载器。参见" +"(抱歉的是它也有点过时了)<ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> 来获" +"得更多有关信息 <command>aboot</command>。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:209 @@ -397,7 +404,12 @@ msgid "" "for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC " "support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) " "<ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "<command>MILO</command> 自己本身是一个用来替换载入内存中的 ARC 和 SRM 的控制台。<command>MILO</command> 能够同时从 ARC 和 SRM 引导并且是唯一一种方法从 ARC 控制台引导 Linux。<command>MILO</command> 取决与具体的平台。(对于每种不同的系统类型需要不同的 <command>MILO</command> 并且只适合这些系统。参见(很遗憾有点过时)<ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>。" +msgstr "" +"<command>MILO</command> 自己本身是一个用来替换载入内存中的 ARC 和 SRM 的控制" +"台。<command>MILO</command> 能够同时从 ARC 和 SRM 引导并且是唯一一种方法从 " +"ARC 控制台引导 Linux。<command>MILO</command> 取决与具体的平台。(对于每种不同" +"的系统类型需要不同的 <command>MILO</command> 并且只适合这些系统。参见(很遗憾" +"有点过时)<ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:231 @@ -477,9 +489,9 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:274, index.docbook:780, index.docbook:1320, index.docbook:1813, index.docbook:1896, index.docbook:2236, index.docbook:2332 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:892 boot-installer.xml:1384 -#: boot-installer.xml:1889 boot-installer.xml:1971 boot-installer.xml:2311 -#: boot-installer.xml:2407 +#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:890 boot-installer.xml:1381 +#: boot-installer.xml:1876 boot-installer.xml:1958 boot-installer.xml:2298 +#: boot-installer.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "用 TFTP 引导" @@ -601,7 +613,13 @@ msgid "" "replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS " "Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>" "\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." -msgstr "为了从 ARC 控制台引导 CD 光盘，找出您的子体系结构代码名称(参见 <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>)，然后输入 <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> 作为引导装载器并且在 `OS Selection Setup' 菜单下选择 <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (这里 <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> 是相应的子体系结构名称)作为操作系统路径。Ruffians 则是一个例外：您需要使用 <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> 作为引导装载器。" +msgstr "" +"为了从 ARC 控制台引导 CD 光盘，找出您的子体系结构代码名称(参见 <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-cpus\"/>)，然后输入 <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> 作为引导" +"装载器并且在 `OS Selection Setup' 菜单下选择 <filename>\\milo" +"\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (这里 <replaceable>subarch</" +"replaceable> 是相应的子体系结构名称)作为操作系统路径。Ruffians 则是一个例外：" +"您需要使用 <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> 作为引导装载器。" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:358 @@ -626,11 +644,17 @@ msgid "" "command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel " "boot." msgstr "" -"在 SRM 提示符下 (<prompt>>>></prompt>)，使用如下命令： <informalexample><screen>\n" +"在 SRM 提示符下 (<prompt>>>></prompt>)，使用如下命令： " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 可以用实际的设备名称来替换 <filename>dva0</filename>。通常情况下，<filename>dva0</filename> 是软盘；输入 <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> 可以用实际的设备名称来替换 <filename>dva0</" +"filename>。通常情况下，<filename>dva0</filename> 是软盘；输入 " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 来查看设备列表(比如，如果您想从一张 CD 上面引导)。注意如果您想通过 MILO 引导 <command>-flags</command> 参数将被忽略，因此您可以只需输入 <command>boot dva0</command>。如果上面步骤工作正常，您将最终看到 Linux 内核引导。" +"</screen></informalexample> 来查看设备列表(比如，如果您想从一张 CD 上面引" +"导)。注意如果您想通过 MILO 引导 <command>-flags</command> 参数将被忽略，因此" +"您可以只需输入 <command>boot dva0</command>。如果上面步骤工作正常，您将最终看" +"到 Linux 内核引导。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:376 @@ -727,18 +751,20 @@ msgstr "从 TFTP 引导" # index.docbook:432, index.docbook:786, index.docbook:1338, index.docbook:1819, index.docbook:2242, index.docbook:2338 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:898 boot-installer.xml:1402 -#: boot-installer.xml:1895 boot-installer.xml:2317 boot-installer.xml:2413 +#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:896 boot-installer.xml:1399 +#: boot-installer.xml:1882 boot-installer.xml:2304 boot-installer.xml:2400 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a " "TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." -msgstr "从网络引导需要您已经具备网络的连接和一台 TFTP 网络引导服务器(DHCP, RARP 以及 BOOTP)。" +msgstr "" +"从网络引导需要您已经具备网络的连接和一台 TFTP 网络引导服务器(DHCP, RARP 以及 " +"BOOTP)。" # index.docbook:437, index.docbook:791, index.docbook:1343, index.docbook:1824, index.docbook:2247, index.docbook:2343 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:903 boot-installer.xml:1407 -#: boot-installer.xml:1900 boot-installer.xml:2322 boot-installer.xml:2418 +#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:901 boot-installer.xml:1404 +#: boot-installer.xml:1887 boot-installer.xml:2309 boot-installer.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " @@ -747,8 +773,8 @@ msgstr "较早的系统比如 715 也许需要使用一台 RBOOT 服务器来取 # index.docbook:442, index.docbook:796, index.docbook:1348, index.docbook:1829, index.docbook:2252, index.docbook:2348 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:908 boot-installer.xml:1412 -#: boot-installer.xml:1905 boot-installer.xml:2327 boot-installer.xml:2423 +#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:906 boot-installer.xml:1409 +#: boot-installer.xml:1892 boot-installer.xml:2314 boot-installer.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref " @@ -890,8 +916,8 @@ msgstr "从 CD 光盘上引导" # index.docbook:531, index.docbook:584, index.docbook:957, index.docbook:1776, index.docbook:2024, index.docbook:2378 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:599 boot-installer.xml:1021 -#: boot-installer.xml:1852 boot-installer.xml:2099 boot-installer.xml:2453 +#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:599 boot-installer.xml:1018 +#: boot-installer.xml:1839 boot-installer.xml:2086 boot-installer.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you " @@ -899,12 +925,16 @@ msgid "" "great! Simply <phrase arch=\"i386\"> configure your system for booting off a " "CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert " "your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." -msgstr "对于大多数人来说，最快的途径是使用一套 Debian CD 光盘套件。如果您有此套件，并且如果您的机器支持直接 CD 引导，太棒了！只需要<phrase arch=\"i386\"> 来配置您的系统用于引导 CD，参见 <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase>插入您的 CD，重启，然后继续下一章。" +msgstr "" +"对于大多数人来说，最快的途径是使用一套 Debian CD 光盘套件。如果您有此套件，并" +"且如果您的机器支持直接 CD 引导，太棒了！只需要<phrase arch=\"i386\"> 来配置您" +"的系统用于引导 CD，参见 <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase>插入您" +"的 CD，重启，然后继续下一章。" # index.docbook:542, index.docbook:595, index.docbook:968, index.docbook:1787, index.docbook:2035, index.docbook:2389 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:610 boot-installer.xml:1032 -#: boot-installer.xml:1863 boot-installer.xml:2110 boot-installer.xml:2464 +#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:610 boot-installer.xml:1029 +#: boot-installer.xml:1850 boot-installer.xml:2097 boot-installer.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be " @@ -919,8 +949,8 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:550, index.docbook:603, index.docbook:976, index.docbook:1795, index.docbook:2043, index.docbook:2397 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:618 boot-installer.xml:1040 -#: boot-installer.xml:1871 boot-installer.xml:2118 boot-installer.xml:2472 +#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:618 boot-installer.xml:1037 +#: boot-installer.xml:1858 boot-installer.xml:2105 boot-installer.xml:2459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian " @@ -935,8 +965,8 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:558, index.docbook:611, index.docbook:984, index.docbook:1803, index.docbook:2051, index.docbook:2405 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:626 boot-installer.xml:1048 -#: boot-installer.xml:1879 boot-installer.xml:2126 boot-installer.xml:2480 +#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:626 boot-installer.xml:1045 +#: boot-installer.xml:1866 boot-installer.xml:2113 boot-installer.xml:2467 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." @@ -955,8 +985,8 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:578, index.docbook:951, index.docbook:1764, index.docbook:2018, index.docbook:2372 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:593 boot-installer.xml:1015 boot-installer.xml:1840 -#: boot-installer.xml:2093 boot-installer.xml:2447 +#: boot-installer.xml:593 boot-installer.xml:1012 boot-installer.xml:1827 +#: boot-installer.xml:2080 boot-installer.xml:2434 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" msgstr "从 CD-ROM 启动" @@ -1028,14 +1058,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:777 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" " label=newinstall\n" " initrd=/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" " root=/dev/ram0\n" -" append=\"<phrase condition=\"sarge\">devfs=mount,dall </" -"phrase>ramdisk_size=12000\"" +" append=\"ramdisk_size=12000\"" msgstr "" "image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" " label=newinstall\n" @@ -1061,7 +1090,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:786 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your " "<filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " @@ -1070,9 +1099,7 @@ msgid "" "title New Install\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" -"</screen></informalexample> and reboot. <phrase condition=\"sarge\">If the " -"boot fails, you can try adding <userinput>devfs=mount,dall</userinput> to " -"the <quote>kernel</quote> line. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> and reboot." msgstr "" "采用 <command>GRUB</command> 的配置过程也很相似。在 <filename>/boot/grub/</" "filename> 目录下(有时会是 <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>)找出您的 " @@ -1085,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:799 +#: boot-installer.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to " @@ -1098,13 +1125,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:700, index.docbook:2176 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:810 +#: boot-installer.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from USB Memory Stick" msgstr "从 USB 闪盘引导" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:811 +#: boot-installer.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" @@ -1119,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "" "提示符。这里您可以输入一些引导选项，或者只是敲击 &enterkey;。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:820 +#: boot-installer.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case your computer doesn't support booting from USB memory devices, you " @@ -1135,23 +1162,25 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:723, index.docbook:1876, index.docbook:2278, index.docbook:2426 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:833 boot-installer.xml:1952 boot-installer.xml:2353 -#: boot-installer.xml:2501 +#: boot-installer.xml:831 boot-installer.xml:1939 boot-installer.xml:2340 +#: boot-installer.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "从软盘引导" # index.docbook:724, index.docbook:2286 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:834 boot-installer.xml:2361 +#: boot-installer.xml:832 boot-installer.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created " "floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." -msgstr "您可能已经下载了所需要的软盘映像，并且根据这些映像创建了软盘 <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>。" +msgstr "" +"您可能已经下载了所需要的软盘映像，并且根据这些映像创建了软盘 <xref linkend=" +"\"create-floppy\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:841 +#: boot-installer.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy " @@ -1161,7 +1190,7 @@ msgstr "" "开。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:847 +#: boot-installer.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, " @@ -1181,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "从 LS-120 上安装只为 2.4 及其以后版本的内核支持。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:858 +#: boot-installer.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</" @@ -1196,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "" "选择。在其它情况下，请在引导时使用硬重启。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:867 +#: boot-installer.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that " @@ -1206,7 +1235,7 @@ msgstr "" "</prompt> 提示符。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:873 +#: boot-installer.xml:871 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message " @@ -1222,7 +1251,7 @@ msgstr "" "信息，可以在下面 <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:882 +#: boot-installer.xml:880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the " @@ -1234,19 +1263,19 @@ msgstr "" "内存。安装程序 <command>debian-installer</command> 会自动启动。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:916 +#: boot-installer.xml:914 #, no-c-format msgid "There are various ways to do a TFTP boot on i386." msgstr "在 i386 体系上有很多方法用 TFTP 进行引导。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:922 +#: boot-installer.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "NIC or Motherboard that support PXE" msgstr "支持 PXE 的网卡或者主板" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:923 +#: boot-installer.xml:921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE " @@ -1259,13 +1288,13 @@ msgstr "" "BIOS 来用网络进行引导。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:934 +#: boot-installer.xml:932 #, no-c-format msgid "NIC with Network BootROM" msgstr "网络 BootROM 的网卡" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:935 +#: boot-installer.xml:933 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " @@ -1273,21 +1302,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "很有可能是您的网卡提供了 TFTP 引导功能。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:940 +#: boot-installer.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. " "Please refer to this document." -msgstr "请让我们知道 (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) 您如何来操作它，并参阅此文档。" +msgstr "" +"请让我们知道 (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) 您如何来操作它，并参阅" +"此文档。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:948 +#: boot-installer.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "Etherboot" msgstr "Etherboot" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:949 +#: boot-installer.xml:947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> " @@ -1298,13 +1329,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1943, index.docbook:2477 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:958 +#: boot-installer.xml:956 #, no-c-format msgid "The Boot Prompt" msgstr "引导提示" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:959 +#: boot-installer.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical " @@ -1321,16 +1352,15 @@ msgstr "" "引导参数来指定引导的方式。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:971 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:969 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be " -"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <phrase " -"condition=\"sarge\"><keycap>F7</keycap></phrase><phrase condition=\"etch" -"\"><keycap>F8</keycap></phrase>. If you add any parameters to the boot " -"command line, be sure to type the boot method (the default is " -"<userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., " -"<userinput>linux debconf/priority=medium</userinput>)." +"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</" +"keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type " +"the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " +"before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux debconf/priority=medium</" +"userinput>)." msgstr "" "有关引导参数的信息可能会很有用。它可以通过 <keycap>F2</keycap> 到 <phrase " "condition=\"sarge\"><keycap>F7</keycap></phrase><phrase condition=\"etch" @@ -1339,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" "(比如 <userinput>linux debconf/priority=medium</userinput>)。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:981 +#: boot-installer.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that " @@ -1357,16 +1387,25 @@ msgid "" "using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want " "to add <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> to the boot " "prompt, as described in the help text." -msgstr "如果您通过远程设备安装系统，它在 VGA 控制台提供文本界面，您可能不会看到安装程序开始的图形启动画面; 甚至不会看到引导提示。如这些设备，Compaq 的 <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) 和 HP 的 <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA)。您可以什么都看不见地按下 F1<footnote> <para>有些情况下这些设备特别的转义次序按键，例如 IRA 使用 <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>。</para> </footnote> 切换到帮助文档。一旦通过启动画面，在帮助文档按下的键会回显在提示符上。为了阻止安装程序在后续安装中使用 framebuffer，如帮助文档所述，您也可在引导提示后面加上 <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"如果您通过远程设备安装系统，它在 VGA 控制台提供文本界面，您可能不会看到安装程" +"序开始的图形启动画面; 甚至不会看到引导提示。如这些设备，Compaq 的 " +"<quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) 和 HP 的 <quote>Integrated Remote " +"Assistant</quote> (IRA)。您可以什么都看不见地按下 F1<footnote> <para>有些情况" +"下这些设备特别的转义次序按键，例如 IRA 使用 <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> " +"<keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>。</para> </footnote> " +"切换到帮助文档。一旦通过启动画面，在帮助文档按下的键会回显在提示符上。为了阻" +"止安装程序在后续安装中使用 framebuffer，如帮助文档所述，您也可在引导提示后面" +"加上 <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1056 +#: boot-installer.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "CD Contents" msgstr "CD 的内容" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1058 +#: boot-installer.xml:1055 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The " @@ -1378,10 +1417,16 @@ msgid "" "order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . " "The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of " "packages without needing access to the network." -msgstr "有三种基本的 Debian 安装光盘 CD 衍生品：<emphasis>名片式(Business Card)</emphasis> CD 有一个微型的安装程序，并且可以储存在一小张 CD 介质上。它需要借助网络连接来安装基本系统的其他部分，才能建立起一个可用的系统。<emphasis>网络安装(Network Install)</emphasis> CD 光盘具有基本系统需的所有包，但是它还是需要网络连接到 Debian 的镜像，安装其他的软件包建立一个完整的系统。Debian CD 光盘套件，则可以不使用网络就能安装大量软件包，建立完整的系统。" +msgstr "" +"有三种基本的 Debian 安装光盘 CD 衍生品：<emphasis>名片式(Business Card)</" +"emphasis> CD 有一个微型的安装程序，并且可以储存在一小张 CD 介质上。它需要借助" +"网络连接来安装基本系统的其他部分，才能建立起一个可用的系统。<emphasis>网络安" +"装(Network Install)</emphasis> CD 光盘具有基本系统需的所有包，但是它还是需要" +"网络连接到 Debian 的镜像，安装其他的软件包建立一个完整的系统。Debian CD 光盘" +"套件，则可以不使用网络就能安装大量软件包，建立完整的系统。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1074 +#: boot-installer.xml:1071 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware " @@ -1394,10 +1439,17 @@ msgid "" "means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk " "partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more " "conventional systems." -msgstr "IA-64 使用 Intel 最新的可拓展固件界面(Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI))。与传统的 x86 BIOS 只了解分区表和主引导记录(MBR)而不知道其他引导设备的特点不同，EFI 可以对 FAT16 和 FAT32 格式的硬盘分区进行读写操作。这个特点简化了通常很难以理解的系统启动过程。系统引导装载器以及 EFI 固件支持一个完全的文件系统，来保存引导一个机器所需要得所有文件。这意味着在一个 IA-64 系统上的系统磁盘，具有一个附加的专门为 EFI 服务的磁盘分区，而不是像传统系统上只是简单的 MBR 或者引导块记录。" +msgstr "" +"IA-64 使用 Intel 最新的可拓展固件界面(Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI))。" +"与传统的 x86 BIOS 只了解分区表和主引导记录(MBR)而不知道其他引导设备的特点不" +"同，EFI 可以对 FAT16 和 FAT32 格式的硬盘分区进行读写操作。这个特点简化了通常" +"很难以理解的系统启动过程。系统引导装载器以及 EFI 固件支持一个完全的文件系统，" +"来保存引导一个机器所需要得所有文件。这意味着在一个 IA-64 系统上的系统磁盘，具" +"有一个附加的专门为 EFI 服务的磁盘分区，而不是像传统系统上只是简单的 MBR 或者" +"引导块记录。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1090 +#: boot-installer.xml:1087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the " @@ -1405,10 +1457,14 @@ msgid "" "kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also " "contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system " "reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." -msgstr "Debian CD 包含了一个小型版本的 EFI 分区来放置 <command>ELILO</command>，它的配置文件，安装程序内核以及初始的文件系统(initrd)。运行的系统同时也包含了一个 EFI 分区用于放置引导系统所需要的必要文件。这些文件可以从 EFI Shell 读出，说明如下。" +msgstr "" +"Debian CD 包含了一个小型版本的 EFI 分区来放置 <command>ELILO</command>，它的" +"配置文件，安装程序内核以及初始的文件系统(initrd)。运行的系统同时也包含了一个 " +"EFI 分区用于放置引导系统所需要的必要文件。这些文件可以从 EFI Shell 读出，说明" +"如下。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1099 +#: boot-installer.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and " @@ -1427,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "查一个 EFI 分区是否合适。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1111 +#: boot-installer.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware " @@ -1447,13 +1503,13 @@ msgstr "" "用第一个，当然，该选项不可用或者 CD 由于某种原因没法启动，使用第二个。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1130 +#: boot-installer.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "IMPORTANT" msgstr "重要" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1131 +#: boot-installer.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first " @@ -1470,13 +1526,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>返回 Boot Manager。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1143 +#: boot-installer.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "Option 1: Booting from the Boot Option Maintenance Menu" msgstr "选项 1: 从 Boot Option Maintenance Menu 启动" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1150 +#: boot-installer.xml:1147 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " @@ -1487,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager 页面和菜单。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1156 +#: boot-installer.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow " @@ -1497,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ENTER</command>。会显示一个新菜单。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1162 +#: boot-installer.xml:1159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys " @@ -1513,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boot</command>标签。如果您检查菜单行其他部分，会看到对应的设备和控制器信息。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1173 +#: boot-installer.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select " @@ -1529,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 CD 目录列表，要求您进行(额外的)下一步。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1184 +#: boot-installer.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" @@ -1543,7 +1599,7 @@ msgstr "" "择，并按下 <command>ENTER</command>。这将进入启动步骤。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1196 +#: boot-installer.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for " @@ -1554,13 +1610,13 @@ msgstr "" "启动内核和选项。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1206 +#: boot-installer.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Option 2: Booting from the EFI Shell" msgstr "选项 2: 从 EFI Shell 启动" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1207 +#: boot-installer.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when " @@ -1573,7 +1629,7 @@ msgstr "" "来引导 Debian 安装程序 CD :" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1218 +#: boot-installer.xml:1215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " @@ -1582,7 +1638,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "把 CD 放入 DVD/CD 驱动器。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1224 +#: boot-installer.xml:1221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and " @@ -1602,7 +1658,7 @@ msgstr "" "用于初始化 CD 驱动器。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1238 +#: boot-installer.xml:1235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most " @@ -1615,7 +1671,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1245 +#: boot-installer.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press " @@ -1628,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" "光盘的分区号。Shell 现在将在提示符下显示分区号。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1252 +#: boot-installer.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will " @@ -1638,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "" "骤。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1259 +#: boot-installer.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will " @@ -1652,13 +1708,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</command>简短命令。进入选择启动内核和选项。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1273 +#: boot-installer.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing using a Serial Console" msgstr "使用串口控制台安装" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1275 +#: boot-installer.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a " @@ -1676,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "置。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1286 +#: boot-installer.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate " @@ -1688,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "" "置，可以通过命令 <command>baud</command> 在 EFI shell 获得。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1293 +#: boot-installer.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device " @@ -1703,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" "窗口。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1304 +#: boot-installer.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This " @@ -1718,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "装。参考 <classname>Params</classname> 帮助菜单，获得启动文本模式安装的指导。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1313 +#: boot-installer.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel " @@ -1730,13 +1786,13 @@ msgstr "" "核启动后死掉，只有重新启动才能开始安装。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1322 +#: boot-installer.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting the Boot Kernel and Options" msgstr "选择启动内核与选项" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1324 +#: boot-installer.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with " @@ -1753,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>Params</classname>窗口解释命令行参数。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1336 +#: boot-installer.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description " @@ -1773,7 +1829,7 @@ msgstr "" "始安装：" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1354 +#: boot-installer.xml:1351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " @@ -1781,7 +1837,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "使用方向键选择您需要的内核版本和适合的安装模式。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1359 +#: boot-installer.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be " @@ -1792,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "" "控制台)指定的。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1366 +#: boot-installer.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The " @@ -1803,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" "个屏幕显示常规的初始化信息。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1375 +#: boot-installer.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " @@ -1811,7 +1867,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "进入到下一章继续安装本地语言，网络和磁盘分区。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1386 +#: boot-installer.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only " @@ -1827,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "" "器。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1420 +#: boot-installer.xml:1417 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. " @@ -1840,13 +1896,13 @@ msgstr "" "EFI Boot Manager 下定义来打开网络的装入。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1431 +#: boot-installer.xml:1428 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Server" msgstr "配置网络服务器" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1432 +#: boot-installer.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something " @@ -1870,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "在客户端运行。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1442 +#: boot-installer.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used " @@ -1885,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "" "它包括 IA-64 系统需要的启动文件。" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:1452 +#: boot-installer.xml:1449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# cd /var/lib/tftp\n" @@ -1903,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" "[...]" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1452 +#: boot-installer.xml:1449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</" @@ -1922,13 +1978,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>。请查看 <classname>elilo</classname> 软件包附带的文档以获得细节。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1469 +#: boot-installer.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Client" msgstr "配置客户机" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1470 +#: boot-installer.xml:1467 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and " @@ -1955,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP 查询，然后会从服务器装入 <filename>elilo.efi</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1502 +#: boot-installer.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and " @@ -1969,7 +2025,7 @@ msgstr "" "的引导选项，它将开始 Debian 安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1511 +#: boot-installer.xml:1508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " @@ -1977,13 +2033,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "下一章将继续安装过程，在那里您将设置语言区域，网络以及磁盘分区。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1524 +#: boot-installer.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing an Installation Method" msgstr "选择安装方法" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1526 +#: boot-installer.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x " @@ -1997,7 +2053,7 @@ msgstr "" "的内存，因为 2.2.x 支持需要固定尺寸的 ramdisk 而 2.4.x 使用 tmpfs。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1534 +#: boot-installer.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the " @@ -2005,21 +2061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如果您在使用 2.2.x 内核，那么需要设置 &ramdisksize; 内核参数。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1541 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Also, if you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you must make sure you are " -"using a ramdisk built to accommodate it, see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/" -"installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>. In " -"general, this means you need to use the initrd22.gz ramdisk from the " -"respective directory." -msgstr "" -"如果您使用 2.2.x linux 内核，那么必须确保 ramdisk 满足要求，参阅 <ulink url=" -"\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" -"\">MANIFEST</ulink>。通常，这意味需要从各自的目录使用 initrd22.gz ramdisk。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1549 +#: boot-installer.xml:1536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel " @@ -2027,7 +2069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "确保 <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> 在内核参数中。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1554 +#: boot-installer.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " @@ -2037,13 +2079,13 @@ msgstr "" "debian-installer FAQ</ulink>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1571 +#: boot-installer.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Amiga" msgstr "Amiga" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1572 +#: boot-installer.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see " @@ -2054,7 +2096,7 @@ msgstr "" "也就是说 cdrom 无法启动。</emphasis>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1578 +#: boot-installer.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " @@ -2065,13 +2107,13 @@ msgstr "" "数 <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1587 +#: boot-installer.xml:1574 #, no-c-format msgid "Atari" msgstr "Atari" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1588 +#: boot-installer.xml:1575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref " @@ -2083,7 +2125,7 @@ msgstr "" "</emphasis>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1595 +#: boot-installer.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " @@ -2094,13 +2136,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1604 +#: boot-installer.xml:1591 #, no-c-format msgid "BVME6000" msgstr "BVME6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1605 +#: boot-installer.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=" @@ -2112,13 +2154,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-tftp\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1615 +#: boot-installer.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Macintosh" msgstr "Macintosh" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1616 +#: boot-installer.xml:1603 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see " @@ -2129,7 +2171,7 @@ msgstr "" "也就是说 cdrom 无法启动。</emphasis> Macs 不能工作在 2.4 内核上。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1623 +#: boot-installer.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include " @@ -2149,13 +2191,13 @@ msgstr "" "快。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1638 +#: boot-installer.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "MVME147 and MVME16x" msgstr "MVME147 and MVME16x" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1639 +#: boot-installer.xml:1626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies " @@ -2168,13 +2210,13 @@ msgstr "" "</emphasis>" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1649 +#: boot-installer.xml:1636 #, no-c-format msgid "Q40/Q60" msgstr "Q40/Q60" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1650 +#: boot-installer.xml:1637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive " @@ -2185,14 +2227,14 @@ msgstr "" "就是说 cdrom 无法启动。</emphasis>" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1661 +#: boot-installer.xml:1648 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a Hard Disk" msgstr "从硬盘引导" # index.docbook:1591, index.docbook:2097 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1667 boot-installer.xml:2172 +#: boot-installer.xml:1654 boot-installer.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for " @@ -2203,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1597, index.docbook:2103 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1673 boot-installer.xml:2178 +#: boot-installer.xml:1660 boot-installer.xml:2165 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " @@ -2214,7 +2256,7 @@ msgstr "" "> 处下载并且在 <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/> 安置了所需文件。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1682 +#: boot-installer.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, " @@ -2227,7 +2269,7 @@ msgstr "" "current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> 了解更多细节)。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1690 +#: boot-installer.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, " @@ -2245,13 +2287,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk 使用网络安装软件包。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1711 +#: boot-installer.xml:1698 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from AmigaOS" msgstr "从 AmigaOS 上引导" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1712 +#: boot-installer.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by " @@ -2262,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" "来启动 Linux 安装过程，它位于 <filename>debian</filename> 目录中。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1718 +#: boot-installer.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer " @@ -2280,13 +2322,13 @@ msgstr "" "程序应该自动安装，因此您可以继续参阅 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1733 +#: boot-installer.xml:1720 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Atari TOS" msgstr "从 Atari TOS 引导" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1734 +#: boot-installer.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking " @@ -2299,7 +2341,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> 来开始启动安装过程。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1741 +#: boot-installer.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program " @@ -2316,13 +2358,13 @@ msgstr "" "该自动安装，因此您可以继续参阅 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1756 +#: boot-installer.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from MacOS" msgstr "从 MacOS 引导" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1757 +#: boot-installer.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is " @@ -2340,7 +2382,7 @@ msgstr "" "误。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1768 +#: boot-installer.xml:1755 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have " @@ -2354,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" "将该映象复制到软盘。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1777 +#: boot-installer.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" @@ -2376,7 +2418,7 @@ msgstr "" "件选择对话框至文件。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1792 +#: boot-installer.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> " @@ -2392,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>保存设置为默认</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1801 +#: boot-installer.xml:1788 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start " @@ -2403,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> 项，它位于 <guimenu>File</guimenu> 菜单。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1808 +#: boot-installer.xml:1795 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information " @@ -2420,19 +2462,19 @@ msgstr "" "继续 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1823 +#: boot-installer.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Q40/Q60" msgstr "从 Q40/Q60 启动" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1825 +#: boot-installer.xml:1812 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME" msgstr "FIXME" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1829 +#: boot-installer.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue " @@ -2441,7 +2483,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序就会自动运行，您可以按下面步骤继续 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1841 +#: boot-installer.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM " @@ -2449,7 +2491,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "目前唯一 &arch-title; 子体系结构支持 CD 光盘引导的是 BVME6000。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1913 +#: boot-installer.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO " @@ -2462,25 +2504,25 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 软件。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1924 +#: boot-installer.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> to install a BVME4000/6000" msgstr "输入 <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> 来安装 BVME4000/6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1929 +#: boot-installer.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME162" msgstr "输入 <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> 来安装 MVME162" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1934 +#: boot-installer.xml:1921 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME166/167" msgstr "输入 <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> 来安装 MVME166/167" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1941 +#: boot-installer.xml:1928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use " @@ -2490,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr "" "如,<screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1953 +#: boot-installer.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the " @@ -2498,7 +2540,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "对于大多数 m68k 体系来说，推荐方法是从一个本地文件系统引导安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1958 +#: boot-installer.xml:1945 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a " @@ -2507,13 +2549,13 @@ msgstr "从软盘引导的方法目前只支持 Atari 以及 VME (VME 有一个 # index.docbook:1899, index.docbook:1946 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1974 boot-installer.xml:2021 +#: boot-installer.xml:1961 boot-installer.xml:2008 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI Indys TFTP Booting" msgstr "SGI Indy 通过 TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1975 +#: boot-installer.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2535,13 +2577,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1919, index.docbook:1968 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1994 boot-installer.xml:2043 +#: boot-installer.xml:1981 boot-installer.xml:2030 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP 启动" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1995 +#: boot-installer.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board, you have to load the SiByl boot " @@ -2570,13 +2612,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1943, index.docbook:2477 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2018 boot-installer.xml:2552 +#: boot-installer.xml:2005 boot-installer.xml:2539 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Parameters" msgstr "引导参数" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2022 +#: boot-installer.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI Indys you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" @@ -2586,7 +2628,7 @@ msgstr "" "个引导参数。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2027 +#: boot-installer.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and " @@ -2604,13 +2646,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>:" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2037 +#: boot-installer.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" msgstr "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2044 +#: boot-installer.xml:2031 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, " @@ -2623,13 +2665,13 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable> 变量。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2061 +#: boot-installer.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "s390 Limitations" msgstr "s390 的限制" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2062 +#: boot-installer.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh " @@ -2637,7 +2679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "为了在 S/390 上安装系统，需要一个工作的网络设置和 ssh 会话。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2067 +#: boot-installer.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several " @@ -2648,13 +2690,13 @@ msgstr "" "一个 ssh 会话登录进入系统，并且开始一个标准系统安装。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2078 +#: boot-installer.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "s390 Boot Parameters" msgstr "s390 引导参数" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2079 +#: boot-installer.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can " @@ -2667,7 +2709,7 @@ msgstr "" "令</ulink> 来获得更多有关 S/390 特定的引导参数。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2133 +#: boot-installer.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM " @@ -2682,7 +2724,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>Shift</keycap>, 和 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2142 +#: boot-installer.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers " @@ -2697,7 +2739,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序 从 CD 上选择所需要的文件。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2151 +#: boot-installer.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-" @@ -2712,37 +2754,37 @@ msgstr "" "使用 CD 上的 <command>yaboot</command> 路径，比如：" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2160 +#: boot-installer.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "0 > boot cd:,\\install\\yaboot" msgstr "0 > boot cd:,\\install\\yaboot" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2166 +#: boot-installer.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Hard Disk" msgstr "从硬盘引导" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2187 +#: boot-installer.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting CHRP from OpenFirmware" msgstr "从 OpenFirmware 引导 CHRP" #. Tag: emphasis -#: boot-installer.xml:2191 +#: boot-installer.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "Not yet written." msgstr "还没有完成" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2196 +#: boot-installer.xml:2183 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting OldWorld PowerMacs from MacOS" msgstr "从 OldWorld PowerMacs 的 MacOS 上引导" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2197 +#: boot-installer.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to " @@ -2763,13 +2805,13 @@ msgstr "" "序。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2215 +#: boot-installer.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting NewWorld Macs from OpenFirmware" msgstr "从 NewWorld Macs 的 OpenFirmware 引导" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2216 +#: boot-installer.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, " @@ -2815,19 +2857,19 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:700, index.docbook:2176 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2251 +#: boot-installer.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from USB memory stick" msgstr "从 USB 闪盘引导" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2252 +#: boot-installer.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." msgstr "当前，New World PowerMac 系统支持从 USB 引导。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2258 +#: boot-installer.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/" @@ -2845,7 +2887,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> (参考 <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2270 +#: boot-installer.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device " @@ -2866,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr "" "disk@1</filename> 。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2282 +#: boot-installer.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the " @@ -2890,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2296 +#: boot-installer.xml:2283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the " @@ -2901,7 +2943,7 @@ msgstr "" "动参数，或者只按下 &enterkey;。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2302 +#: boot-installer.xml:2289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some " @@ -2912,13 +2954,13 @@ msgstr "" "下安装报告，参阅 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2335 +#: boot-installer.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, PReP and New World PowerMac systems support netbooting." msgstr "目前来说，PReP 以及 New World PowerMac 系统支持网络引导。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2339 +#: boot-installer.xml:2326 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot " @@ -2936,7 +2978,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2354 +#: boot-installer.xml:2341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is " @@ -2948,7 +2990,7 @@ msgstr "" "没有安装 软盘驱动器，并且附带的 USB 软盘并不支持引导。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2366 +#: boot-installer.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it " @@ -2959,7 +3001,7 @@ msgstr "" "按下电源开关前把它放到软盘驱动器内。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2372 +#: boot-installer.xml:2359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in " @@ -2971,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr "" "序。一个 没有有效引导系统的软盘将回被弹出，并且机器将检查硬盘分区。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2379 +#: boot-installer.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert " @@ -2982,13 +3024,13 @@ msgstr "" "&enterkey;。安装程序将在根系统被装入内存后自动启动。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2390 +#: boot-installer.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "PowerPC Boot Parameters" msgstr "PowerPC 引导参数" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2391 +#: boot-installer.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears " @@ -3003,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr "" "128 来说，请改变其值为 <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> 。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2431 +#: boot-installer.xml:2418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine " @@ -3022,7 +3064,7 @@ msgstr "" "()</userinput>；这些可能不支持 DHCP。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2487 +#: boot-installer.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command " @@ -3039,7 +3081,7 @@ msgstr "" "据说有些问题。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2502 +#: boot-installer.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -3059,7 +3101,7 @@ msgstr "" "磁盘上找到的压缩 映像，所以这些都不被支持。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2514 +#: boot-installer.xml:2501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from " @@ -3072,7 +3114,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2521 +#: boot-installer.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as " @@ -3088,13 +3130,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 那么很可能您的机器不支持软盘引导。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2533 +#: boot-installer.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "IDPROM Messages" msgstr "IDPROM 消息" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2534 +#: boot-installer.xml:2521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with " @@ -3108,7 +3150,7 @@ msgstr "" "nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> 以获得更多信息。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2553 +#: boot-installer.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make " @@ -3121,7 +3163,7 @@ msgstr "" "要给内核一点小小的帮助。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2560 +#: boot-installer.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot " @@ -3134,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr "" "系统什么样的特定参数。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2567 +#: boot-installer.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://" @@ -3142,10 +3184,14 @@ msgid "" "including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of " "the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref " "linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "有关很多引导参数的信息可以查看 <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>，其中包括一些老旧硬件的解决方法。这一节只描述一些最常用的基本参数。一些常见的问题描述见 <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>。" +msgstr "" +"有关很多引导参数的信息可以查看 <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/" +"BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>，其中包括一些老旧硬件" +"的解决方法。这一节只描述一些最常用的基本参数。一些常见的问题描述见 <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2576 +#: boot-installer.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -3172,7 +3218,7 @@ msgstr "" "64MB 内存。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2592 +#: boot-installer.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will " @@ -3191,7 +3237,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>ttyS0</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2605 +#: boot-installer.xml:2592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or " @@ -3204,22 +3250,22 @@ msgstr "" "<envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM 变量至 <filename>ttya</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2616 +#: boot-installer.xml:2603 #, no-c-format msgid "Debian Installer Parameters" msgstr "Debian 安装程序的参数" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2617 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:2604 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " "parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " "command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " "by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. <phrase condition=" -"\"etch\">With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 command line options and " -"32 environment options.</phrase> </para> </footnote> which may be useful." +"will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 " +"or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. </" +"para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "安装系统能识别一些比较有用的附加引导参数 <footnote> <para> 注意，内核最多可以" "接受 8 个命令行参数和 8 个环境变量选项(包括安装程序默认使用的选项)。如果超" @@ -3228,19 +3274,19 @@ msgstr "" "phrase></para> </footnote>，也许比较有用。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2638 +#: boot-installer.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2639 +#: boot-installer.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed." msgstr "这些参数设置将设置显示的信息为最低的级别。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2643 +#: boot-installer.xml:2629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>debconf/priority=high</userinput>. " @@ -3253,7 +3299,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序将按照要求调整优先级别。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2650 +#: boot-installer.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, " @@ -3271,13 +3317,13 @@ msgstr "" "至关重要的信息，并且尝试正确无误地执行各项事宜。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2664 +#: boot-installer.xml:2650 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2665 +#: boot-installer.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3316,65 +3362,67 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2701 +#: boot-installer.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2702 +#: boot-installer.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " "be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at " "strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot " "process.)" -msgstr "设置引导参数为 2 会使记录更冗长一些。设置为 3 会在引导过程的特定位置调出 debug shell。(退出 shell 以后会继续引导过程。)" +msgstr "" +"设置引导参数为 2 会使记录更冗长一些。设置为 3 会在引导过程的特定位置调出 " +"debug shell。(退出 shell 以后会继续引导过程。)" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2711 +#: boot-installer.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2712 +#: boot-installer.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "此为默认。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2716 +#: boot-installer.xml:2702 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2717 +#: boot-installer.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "更多的信息。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2721 +#: boot-installer.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2722 +#: boot-installer.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "大量的调试信息。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2726 +#: boot-installer.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2727 +#: boot-installer.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -3384,13 +3432,13 @@ msgstr "" "Shell 将继续引导过程。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2741 +#: boot-installer.xml:2727 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2742 +#: boot-installer.xml:2728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -3401,7 +3449,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2748 +#: boot-installer.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies and USB storage devices " @@ -3412,13 +3460,13 @@ msgstr "" "只查找一个设备。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2758 +#: boot-installer.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2759 +#: boot-installer.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -3427,10 +3475,14 @@ msgid "" "framebuffer=false</userinput>. Problem symptoms are error messages about " "bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after " "starting the install." -msgstr "一些体系使用内核帧缓存以提供不同的语言安装。如果帧缓存在您的系统上面有问题，您可以通过参数 <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> 关闭这个特性。这方面问题的特征是有关 bterm 或者 bogl 的错误信息，一个空白的屏幕，或者在开始安装几分钟后停止。" +msgstr "" +"一些体系使用内核帧缓存以提供不同的语言安装。如果帧缓存在您的系统上面有问题，" +"您可以通过参数 <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> 关闭" +"这个特性。这方面问题的特征是有关 bterm 或者 bogl 的错误信息，一个空白的屏幕，" +"或者在开始安装几分钟后停止。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2768 +#: boot-installer.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -3441,19 +3493,19 @@ msgstr "" "用 Mobile Radeon 卡的 Dell Inspiron 上面有所报告。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2774 +#: boot-installer.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "在 Amiga 1200 and SE/30 上面报告过具有有这些方面的问题。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2778 +#: boot-installer.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "在 hppa 上面报告过存在这些问题。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2782 +#: boot-installer.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -3470,27 +3522,29 @@ msgstr "" "installer/framebuffer=true</userinput>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2795 +#: boot-installer.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2796 +#: boot-installer.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " "that causes problems." -msgstr "设置成 <userinput>false</userinput> 可以阻止在引导的时候进行 USB 探测来杜绝引起的问题。" +msgstr "" +"设置成 <userinput>false</userinput> 可以阻止在引导的时候进行 USB 探测来杜绝引" +"起的问题。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2805 +#: boot-installer.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2806 +#: boot-installer.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -3502,7 +3556,7 @@ msgstr "" "视并且改变其获得的设定。您可以在 DHCP 检测失败的情况下手工配置网络。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2813 +#: boot-installer.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -3515,13 +3569,13 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP 来配置网络并且手工输入参数。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -3531,13 +3585,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。有些笔记本电脑对此会有错误的行为。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2835 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2836 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -3547,13 +3601,13 @@ msgstr "" "install\"/>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2845 +#: boot-installer.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2846 +#: boot-installer.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -3563,13 +3617,13 @@ msgstr "" ">。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2855 +#: boot-installer.xml:2841 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2856 +#: boot-installer.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -3585,7 +3639,7 @@ msgstr "" "重新加载介质。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2865 +#: boot-installer.xml:2851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -3596,25 +3650,25 @@ msgstr "" "后，不会自动从光盘引导。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2876 +#: boot-installer.xml:2862 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2877 +#: boot-installer.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "如果您在使用 2.2.x 内核，也许需要设置 &ramdisksize;。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2885 +#: boot-installer.xml:2871 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2886 +#: boot-installer.xml:2872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -3624,19 +3678,19 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2890 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "安装过程中的故障修复" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "软盘的可靠性" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2911 +#: boot-installer.xml:2897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -3645,7 +3699,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于用软盘安装 Debian 的人来说，他们遇到的最大的问题很可能是软盘的可靠性。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2916 +#: boot-installer.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -3661,7 +3715,7 @@ msgstr "" "出很多有关的 I/O 错误。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2925 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " @@ -3676,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr "" "能的话甚至要在别的统上重写这些软盘。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -3687,7 +3741,7 @@ msgstr "" "才算工作良好。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2941 +#: boot-installer.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -3698,13 +3752,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬件或者有缺陷的固件软盘驱动程序造成的。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2950 +#: boot-installer.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "引导配置" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2952 +#: boot-installer.xml:2938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -3717,7 +3771,7 @@ msgstr "" "parms\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2959 +#: boot-installer.xml:2945 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -3729,7 +3783,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -3741,7 +3795,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2972 +#: boot-installer.xml:2958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -3754,13 +3808,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>mem=512m</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2983 +#: boot-installer.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "&arch-title; 常见安装问题" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -3768,7 +3822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "有一些常见的安装问题，可以通过给安装程序特定的引导参数解决或避免。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2989 +#: boot-installer.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -3779,7 +3833,7 @@ msgstr "" "息，并且知道软盘是好的，请尝试 <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput> 参数。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2995 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -3797,7 +3851,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3004 +#: boot-installer.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -3810,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 参数来取消这个测试。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3011 +#: boot-installer.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -3830,13 +3884,13 @@ msgstr "" "来获得细节信息。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3026 +#: boot-installer.xml:3012 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "在 PCMCIA 配置阶段系统停止" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -3853,7 +3907,7 @@ msgstr "" "启动参数来取消 PCMCIA 功能。您可以在安装后，配置 PCMCIA 并且确定问题的范围。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3037 +#: boot-installer.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -3873,13 +3927,13 @@ msgstr "" "装程序中，输入这些值的时候必须忽略逗号。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3054 +#: boot-installer.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "在装入 USB 模块时系统停止" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3055 +#: boot-installer.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -3896,13 +3950,13 @@ msgstr "" "installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> 参数，这将阻止装入此模块。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3069 +#: boot-installer.xml:3055 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "内核起始信息注解" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3071 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -3935,31 +3989,34 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3096 +#: boot-installer.xml:3082 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Bug Reporter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3097 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3083 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " -"the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> It " -"copies system error logs and configuration information to a user-supplied " -"floppy. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> It lets you store system error " +"the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error " "logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or " -"download them in a web browser. </phrase> This information may provide clues " -"as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report " -"you may want to attach this information to the bug report." -msgstr "如果您过了初始化引导，但还是不能安装，Bug Reporter 菜单选项可能会很有用。<phrase condition=\"sarge\">它复制系统的错误记录和配置信息到一张用户提供的软盘。</phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\">它让您保存安装程序的系统错误记录和配置信息到一张软盘，或者用网络浏览器下载。</phrase>这个信息可能提供了一些关于错误的起因和如何解决它的线索。如果您正在提交一个 bug 报告，您可以附上这个信息。" +"download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to " +"what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you " +"may want to attach this information to the bug report." +msgstr "" +"如果您过了初始化引导，但还是不能安装，Bug Reporter 菜单选项可能会很有用。" +"<phrase condition=\"sarge\">它复制系统的错误记录和配置信息到一张用户提供的软" +"盘。</phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\">它让您保存安装程序的系统错误记录和配" +"置信息到一张软盘，或者用网络浏览器下载。</phrase>这个信息可能提供了一些关于错" +"误的起因和如何解决它的线索。如果您正在提交一个 bug 报告，您可以附上这个信息。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3114 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3094 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" -"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</" +"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</" "filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." msgstr "" "其他相关安装期间的安装信息可以在 <filename>/var/log/</filename> 找到，以及在" @@ -3967,33 +4024,39 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 中。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3105 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "提交缺陷报告" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3126 +#: boot-installer.xml:3106 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " "encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is " "successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the " "largest number of hardware configurations." -msgstr "如果仍有问题，请提交安装报告。即使安装成功，我们也鼓励您发一份安装报告，这让我们可以尽可能多的了解硬件的配置数量。" +msgstr "" +"如果仍有问题，请提交安装报告。即使安装成功，我们也鼓励您发一份安装报告，这让" +"我们可以尽可能多的了解硬件的配置数量。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3133 +#: boot-installer.xml:3113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " "report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages " "(<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run " "the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "如果您有一个可以运转的 Debian 系统，发送安装报告最简单的方法是安装 installation-report 和 reportbug 软件包(<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>)，然后执行 <command>reportbug installation-report</command> 命令。" +msgstr "" +"如果您有一个可以运转的 Debian 系统，发送安装报告最简单的方法是安装 " +"installation-report 和 reportbug 软件包(<command>apt-get install " +"installation-report reportbug</command>)，然后执行 <command>reportbug " +"installation-report</command> 命令。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3140 +#: boot-installer.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " @@ -4038,7 +4101,9 @@ msgid "" "Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem " "state." msgstr "" -"请采用下列模板填写安装报告，并发邮件到 <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email> 给 <classname>installation-reports</classname> 伪软件包发送 bug 报告。<informalexample><screen>\n" +"请采用下列模板填写安装报告，并发邮件到 <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email> " +"给 <classname>installation-reports</classname> 伪软件包发送 bug 报告。" +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" @@ -4072,4 +4137,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<Description of the install, in prose, and any thoughts, comments\n" " and ideas you had during the initial install.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 在 bug 报告内，请说明问题所在，包括内核挂起后最后见到的内核消息。说明进入问题状态时您进行的步骤。" +"</screen></informalexample> 在 bug 报告内，请说明问题所在，包括内核挂起后最后" +"见到的内核消息。说明进入问题状态时您进行的步骤。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Also, if you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you must make sure you " +#~ "are using a ramdisk built to accommodate it, see the <ulink url=" +#~ "\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" +#~ "\">MANIFEST</ulink>. In general, this means you need to use the initrd22." +#~ "gz ramdisk from the respective directory." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您使用 2.2.x linux 内核，那么必须确保 ramdisk 满足要求，参阅 <ulink " +#~ "url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" +#~ "\">MANIFEST</ulink>。通常，这意味需要从各自的目录使用 initrd22.gz " +#~ "ramdisk。" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/boot-new.po b/po/zh_CN/boot-new.po index e8c944348..1132b127c 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/boot-new.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/boot-new.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-11 00:43+1200\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:13 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting directly into Debian, and the system doesn't start up, " "either use your original installation boot media, or insert the custom boot " "floppy if you have one, and reset your system. This way, you will probably " "need to add some boot arguments like <userinput>root=<replaceable>root</" "replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>root</replaceable> is your root " -"partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. <phrase condition=\"etch" -"\"> Alternatively, see <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using " -"the installer's built-in rescue mode. </phrase>" +"partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. Alternatively, see <xref " +"linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using the installer's built-in " +"rescue mode." msgstr "" "如果您直接从 Debian 启动，但系统没有起来，这时要么使用原来的安装启动媒介，要" "么用您拥有的自定义启动软盘，然后重新启动系统。这种情况下，您也许需要添加一些" @@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ msgstr "" "了解如何使用安装程序内嵌的 rescue 模式。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:29 +#: boot-new.xml:27 #, no-c-format msgid "BVME 6000 Booting" msgstr "BVME 6000 启动" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:30 +#: boot-new.xml:28 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have just performed a diskless install on a BVM or Motorola VMEbus " @@ -72,33 +72,33 @@ msgstr "" "示符下输入：" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:38 +#: boot-new.xml:36 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" msgstr "<userinput>b6000</userinput> 然后按 &enterkey; 启动 BVME 4000/6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:43 +#: boot-new.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>b162</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME162" msgstr "<userinput>b162</userinput> 然后按 &enterkey; 启动 MVME162" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:48 +#: boot-new.xml:46 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" msgstr "<userinput>b167</userinput> 然后按 &enterkey; 启动 MVME166/167" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:60 +#: boot-new.xml:58 #, no-c-format msgid "Macintosh Booting" msgstr "Macintosh 启动" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:62 +#: boot-new.xml:60 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Go to the directory containing the installation files and start up the " @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "" "或近似的。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:72 +#: boot-new.xml:70 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to change the entry to <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</" @@ -130,12 +130,12 @@ msgstr "" "您需要修改入口为 <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></" "userinput>。替换 <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable> 为您安装分区的 Linux 名称(例" "如，<filename>/dev/sda1</filename>); 早先记下的内容。<userinput>video=font:" -"VGA8x8</userinput> 特别建议小屏幕的用户使用。内核会选择较美观的 (6x11) 字" -"体，但该字体的控制台驱动会造成宕机，因此使用 8x16 或 8x8 对于该阶段较安全。" -"您可以随时修改它。" +"VGA8x8</userinput> 特别建议小屏幕的用户使用。内核会选择较美观的 (6x11) 字体，" +"但该字体的控制台驱动会造成宕机，因此使用 8x16 或 8x8 对于该阶段较安全。您可以" +"随时修改它。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:85 +#: boot-new.xml:83 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't want to start GNU/Linux immediately each time you start, " @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Save Settings As Default</userinput> 选项。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:92 +#: boot-new.xml:90 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now select <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</" @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAMdisk 安装系统。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:98 +#: boot-new.xml:96 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Debian should boot, and you should see the same messages as when you first " @@ -168,13 +168,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Debian 应该启动，然后您将看到与安装系统同样的讯息，跟着是一些新讯息。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:108 +#: boot-new.xml:106 #, no-c-format msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs" msgstr "OldWorld PowerMacs" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:109 +#: boot-new.xml:107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the machine fails to boot after completing the installation, and stops " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:123 +#: boot-new.xml:121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot back into MacOS without resetting the nvram, type <userinput>bye</" @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> 键，在启动机器的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:136 +#: boot-new.xml:134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you use <command>BootX</command> to boot into the installed system, just " @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ msgstr "" "对应的根设备；如 <userinput>/dev/hda8</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:148 +#: boot-new.xml:146 #, no-c-format msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs" msgstr "NewWorld PowerMacs" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:149 +#: boot-new.xml:147 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On G4 machines and iBooks, you can hold down the <keycap>option</keycap> key " @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "面，每个可以启动的系统对应一个按钮，&debian; 将是一个企鹅图标的按钮。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:156 +#: boot-new.xml:154 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you kept MacOS and at some point it changes the OpenFirmware <envar>boot-" @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> 键，在启动机器的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:164 +#: boot-new.xml:162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The labels defined in <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> will be displayed if " @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> 键在 <prompt>boot:</prompt> 提示符时标签会显示出来。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:170 +#: boot-new.xml:168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resetting OpenFirmware on G3 or G4 hardware will cause it to boot &debian; " @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" "<envar>boot-device</envar> 变量，<command>ybin</command> 通常会自动完成。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:179 +#: boot-new.xml:177 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you boot &debian; for the first time you can add any additional " @@ -306,987 +306,24 @@ msgstr "" "ulink> 了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:193 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Debian Post-Boot (Base) Configuration" -msgstr "Debian 启动之后(基本)设置" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:195 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After booting, you will be prompted to complete the configuration of your " -"basic system, and then to select what additional packages you wish to " -"install. The application which guides you through this process is called " -"<classname>base-config</classname>. Its concept is very similar to the &d-i; " -"from the first stage. Indeed, <classname>base-config</classname> consists of " -"a number of specialized components, where each component handles one " -"configuration task, contains <quote>hidden menu in the background</quote> " -"and also uses the same navigation system." -msgstr "" -"启动之后，您将被提示去完成基本系统的设置，然后选择您希望安装的额外软件包。指" -"导您完成此过程的应用程序称为 <classname>base-config</classname>。它的概念类似" -"于 &d-i; 的第一阶段。事实上，<classname>base-config</classname> 由一些特殊的" -"元件组成，每个元件完成一项设置任务，包括 <quote>在后台隐藏菜单</quote> 并使" -"用同样的导航系统。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:207 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you wish to re-run the <classname>base-config</classname> at any point " -"after installation is complete, as root run <userinput>base-config</" -"userinput>." -msgstr "" -"如果您希望在完成安装之后重新运行 <classname>base-config</classname>，请以 " -"root 身份执行 <userinput>base-config</userinput>。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:220 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" -msgstr "配置您的时区" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:222 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After a welcome screen, you will be prompted to configure your time zone. " -"First select whether the hardware clock of your system is set to local time " -"or Greenwich Mean Time (GMT or UTC). The time displayed in the dialog may " -"help you decide on the correct option. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc" -"\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to " -"dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386" -"\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If " -"you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"欢迎画面之后，您将看到提示要求设置您的时区。首先选择设置您的系统硬件时钟为本" -"地还是格林威治时间(GMT或UTC)。对话框里面显示的时间可以帮您做出正确的选择。" -"<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh 硬件时钟通常设置为本地时间。如果您想" -"多重启动，选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">(仍然)运行" -"着 Dos 或 Windows 的系统通常设置为本地时间。如果您想多重启动，选择本地时间而" -"不是 GMT。</phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:235 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " -"process, you will next be shown either a single timezone or a list of " -"timezones relevant for that location. If a single timezone is shown, choose " -"<guibutton>Yes</guibutton> to confirm or choose <guibutton>No</guibutton> to " -"select from the full list of timezones. If a list is shown, select your " -"timezone from the list, or select Other for the full list." -msgstr "" -"基于安装开始时选择的地理位置，您将看到系统只列出与该位置相关的单一或者有限的" -"时区列表。如果只列出一个时区，选择 <guibutton>是</guibutton>确认或者选择 " -"<guibutton>否</guibutton> 从完整列表中去选择。当列表显示出来，从其中选择您的" -"时区，或者选择其他列出完整列表。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" -msgstr "设置用户和密码" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:255 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Set the Root Password" -msgstr "设置 root 密码" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:257 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" -"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " -"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " -"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>root</emphasis> 帐户也被称为 <emphasis>超级用户</emphasis>系统中的" -"所有的安全防护措施对超级用户身份登陆者都是无效的。root 帐户应该仅用来进行系" -"统管理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:265 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " -"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " -"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " -"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " -"information which could be guessed." -msgstr "" -"您所创建的任何密码都应该包含至少 6 个字符，同时包含大小写字母，并且最好带有" -"标点符号等特殊字符。因为超级用户具有最高权限，因此在您设置 root 密码时尤其需" -"要小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:273 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " -"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " -"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "" -"如果他人向您索取您的 root 密码，您也需要特别谨慎。除非您所管理的系统有多位管" -"理员，否则您通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:283 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Create an Ordinary User" -msgstr "创建一个普通用户" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:285 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " -"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " -"personal login." -msgstr "" -"系统会询问您现在是否希望创建一个普通帐户。您将使用该帐户进行日常登陆操作。切" -"记，平时 <emphasis>不要</emphasis> 使用 root 帐户登陆或者将其作为个人帐号使" -"用。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:292 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " -"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " -"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " -"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " -"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " -"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " -"consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "" -"为什么呢？避免使用 root 特权帐户的一个原因是，它很容易对系统造成无法挽回的破" -"坏。另一个原因是，您有可能被恶意诱使运行 <emphasis>特洛伊木马</emphasis> 程" -"序 — 这是一种利用您的超级用户权限在您未知的情况下损害您的系统安全的程" -"序。任何合格的 Unix 系统管理书籍中都会涉及到这一主题 — 如果您不是很了" -"解这方面的内容，建议您找一本进行学习。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:302 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " -"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " -"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " -"prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "" -"您首先会被要求输入用户的全名。然后要求输入用户帐号名； 通常名或者类似的便满足" -"要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:309 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " -"use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "" -"如果在安装完毕后您还希望建立其它新帐户，请使用 <command>adduser</command> 命" -"令。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:323 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up PPP" -msgstr "设置 PPP" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:325 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If no network was configured during the first stage of the installation, you " -"will next be asked whether you wish to install the rest of the system using " -"PPP. PPP is a protocol used to establish dialup connections with modems. If " -"you configure the modem at this point, the installation system will be able " -"to download additional packages or security updates from the Internet during " -"the next steps of the installation. If you don't have a modem in your " -"computer or if you prefer to configure your modem after the installation, " -"you can skip this step." -msgstr "" -"如果您的计算机没有连上网络，接下来您将会被问到是否希望使用 PPP 安装其余的系" -"统。PPP 是通过调制解调器建立拨号连接的协议。如果您现在需要配置调制解调器，" -"安装系统将下载一些额外的软件包，或者在安装的下一阶段从互联网安全更新。如果您" -"的计算机没有调制解调器，或者希望安装完之后再配置调制解调器，您可以跳过这一" -"节。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:336 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In order to configure your PPP connection, you will need some information " -"from your Internet Service Provider (ISP), including phone number, username, " -"password and DNS servers (optional). Some ISPs provide installation " -"guidelines for Linux distributions. You can use that information even if " -"they don't specifically target Debian since most of the configuration " -"parameters (and software) is similar amongst Linux distributions." -msgstr "" -"为了配置 PPP 连接，您需要从互联网服务器提供商(ISP)那里了解一些信息，包括电话" -"号码，用户名，口令和 DNS 服务器(可选)。一些 ISP 为 Linux 发行版提供安装指" -"引。您可以使用这些信息，即使他们并不是针对 Debian，这是因为在 Linux 发行版之" -"间，大多数的配置参数(和软件)都类似。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:345 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you do choose to configure PPP at this point, a program named " -"<command>pppconfig</command> will be run. This program helps you configure " -"your PPP connection. <emphasis>Make sure, when it asks you for the name of " -"your dialup connection, that you name it <userinput>provider</userinput>.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"如果您选择在现在配置PPP，应用程序 <command>pppconfig</command> 将帮助您完成后" -"续工作。<emphasis>记住，当程序提示您输入拨号连接名称时，您应该输入 " -"<userinput>provider</userinput>。</emphasis>" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:353 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Hopefully, the <command>pppconfig</command> program will walk you through a " -"trouble-free PPP connection setup. However, if it does not work for you, see " -"below for detailed instructions." -msgstr "" -"如果顺利，<command>pppconfig</command> 能够引导您快速完成设置。否则，您需要继" -"续查看下面的具体命令介绍。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:359 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In order to setup PPP, you'll need to know the basics of file viewing and " -"editing in GNU/Linux. To view files, you should use <command>more</command>, " -"and <command>zmore</command> for compressed files with a <userinput>.gz</" -"userinput> extension. For example, to view <filename>README.debian.gz</" -"filename>, type <userinput>zmore README.debian.gz</userinput>. The base " -"system comes with an editor named <command>nano</command>, which is very " -"simple to use, but does not have a lot of features. You will probably want " -"to install more full-featured editors and viewers later, such as " -"<command>jed</command>, <command>nvi</command>, <command>less</command>, and " -"<command>emacs</command>." -msgstr "" -"在开始之前，您需要了解在GNU/Linux中的文件查看和编辑的基础知识。要查看一个文" -"件，您可以使用 <command>more</command>，和 <command>zmore</command> 查看后缀" -"为 <userinput>.gz</userinput> 的压缩档。例如：要察看 <filename>README.debian." -"gz</filename>，您可以键入命令 <userinput>zmore README.debian.gz</userinput>。" -"最小安装的系统中带有一个使用简单但功能略少的编辑器，叫 <command>nano</" -"command>。您也可以后续安装其它功能强大的编辑器如 <command>jed</command>, " -"<command>nvi</command>, <command>less</command>，和 <command>emacs</" -"command>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:373 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Edit <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> and replace <userinput>/" -"dev/modem</userinput> with <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</" -"replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>#</replaceable> stands for " -"the number of your serial port. In Linux, serial ports are counted from 0; " -"your first serial port <phrase arch=\"i386\">(i.e., <userinput>COM1</" -"userinput>)</phrase> is <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> under Linux. <phrase " -"arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">On Macintoshes with serial ports, the modem port is " -"<filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> and the printer port is <filename>/dev/" -"ttyS1</filename>.</phrase> The next step is to edit <filename>/etc/" -"chatscripts/provider</filename> and insert your provider's phone number, " -"your user-name and password. Please do not delete the <quote>\\q</quote> " -"that precedes the password. It hides the password from appearing in your log " -"files." -msgstr "" -"编辑 <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> 并替换 <userinput>/dev/" -"modem</userinput> 为 <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</replaceable></" -"userinput> 其中 <replaceable>#</replaceable> 取决于您的Modem串口号。在" -"Linux下，串口是从0开始计数的，您的第一个串口 <phrase arch=\"i386\">(如 " -"<userinput>COM1</userinput>)</phrase> 就叫 <filename>/dev/ttyS0</" -"filename> 。<phrase arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">如果您在Macintoshes上，那么modem端" -"口是 <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> 打印机的端口是 <filename>/dev/ttyS1</" -"filename>。</phrase> 下一步是编辑 <filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</" -"filename> 然后插入提供商的电话号码，您的用户与口令。请勿删除 <quote>\\q</" -"quote> 它出现在口令后面。用来隐藏您的口令，而不出现在日志文件里面。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:393 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Many providers use PAP or CHAP for login sequence instead of text mode " -"authentication. Others use both. If your provider requires PAP or CHAP, " -"you'll need to follow a different procedure. Comment out everything below " -"the dialing string (the one that starts with <quote>ATDT</quote>) in " -"<filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename>, modify <filename>/etc/ppp/" -"peers/provider</filename> as described above, and add <userinput>user " -"<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>name</" -"replaceable> stands for your user-name for the provider you are trying to " -"connect to. Next, edit <filename>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets</filename> or " -"<filename>/etc/ppp/chap-secrets</filename> and enter your password there." -msgstr "" -"许多拨号提供商现在使用PAP或CHAP作为认证方法来取代最初的文本模式认证。部份ISP" -"两者都采用，如果您的ISP需要PAP或CHAP，您需要按如下步骤进行配置： 将文件中拨号" -"字串下的所有内容注释掉(即从 <quote>ATDT</quote>) 在 <filename>/etc/" -"chatscripts/provider</filename>同样也注释掉 <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/" -"provider</filename> 文件中拨号字串下的内容，并添加 <userinput>user " -"<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput> 其中 <replaceable>name</" -"replaceable> 指的是您在ISP的拨号用户。然后编辑 <filename>/etc/ppp/pap-" -"secrets</filename> 或 <filename>/etc/ppp/chap-secrets</filename>在其中填入您" -"的密码。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:409 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You will also need to edit <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> and add " -"your provider's name server (DNS) IP addresses. The lines in <filename>/etc/" -"resolv.conf</filename> are in the following format: <userinput>nameserver " -"<replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</replaceable></userinput> where the " -"<replaceable>x</replaceable>s stand for numbers in your IP address. " -"Optionally, you could add the <userinput>usepeerdns</userinput> option to " -"the <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> file, which will enable " -"automatic choosing of appropriate DNS servers, using settings the remote " -"host usually provides." -msgstr "" -"您还需要编辑 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>，将您的ISP的域名服务器 " -"(DNS) 的 IP 地址填写进去。<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> 里面内容的填" -"写格式应该是： <userinput>nameserver <replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</" -"replaceable></userinput> 这里的 <replaceable>x</replaceable>是DNS的 IP 地址。" -"作为可选项，您也可以在 <userinput>usepeerdns</userinput> 中添加 <filename>/" -"etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> ，这样系统能够在必要的时候选择适当的 DNS 服" -"务器。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:423 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Unless your provider has a login sequence different from the majority of " -"ISPs, you are done! Start the PPP connection by typing <command>pon</" -"command> as root, and monitor the process using <command>plog</command> " -"command. To disconnect, use <command>poff</command>, again, as root." -msgstr "" -"除非您的 ISP 的登陆方式与其它主要 ISP 有极大的差异，否则这样就配置完成了。以" -"root的身份键入 <command>pon</command> 就能打开 PPP 连接，<command>plog</" -"command> 能够监控当前连接，要断开连接，则同样是以root身份执行 <command>poff</" -"command>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:431 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Read <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> file for more " -"information on using PPP on Debian." -msgstr "" -"阅读 <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> 可以获取更多" -"Debian上的PPP配置信息。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:436 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"For static SLIP connections, you will need to add the <userinput>slattach</" -"userinput> command (from the <classname>net-tools</classname> package) into " -"<filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename>. Dynamic SLIP will require the " -"<classname>gnudip</classname> package." -msgstr "" -"对于静态SLIP连接来说，您需要加上 <userinput>slattach</userinput> 命令(从 " -"<classname>net-tools</classname> 软件包)到 <filename>/etc/init.d/network</" -"filename>。动态 SLIP 要求 <classname>gnudip</classname> 软件包。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:447 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" -msgstr "配置 PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:449 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"PPPOE is a protocol related to PPP used for some broadband connections. " -"There is currently no support in base configuration to help you set this up. " -"However, the necessary software has been installed, which means you can " -"configure PPPOE manually at this stage of the installation by switching to " -"VT2 and running <command>pppoeconf</command>." -msgstr "" -"PPPOE 是与 PPP 相关的协议，用于宽带连接。当前基本系统里面不会帮您配置建立。" -"然而，相应的软件包已经安装，也就意味着您可以在本阶段手动配置 PPPOE，只需切换" -"到 VT2，然后执行 <command>pppoeconf</command>。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:467 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring APT" -msgstr "配置 APT" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:469 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this package " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command>, <command>synaptic</" -"command> and the older <command>dselect</command> also use and depend on " -"<command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, " -"since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status " -"checks) in a nice user interface." -msgstr "" -"本节的重点是 <command>apt-get</command>，这是一个人们用来安装各种软件的程序，" -"它被包含在 <classname>apt</classname> 软件包中。<footnote> <para> 事实上，真" -"正用来安装软件包的程序是 <command>dpkg</command>。但这是一个比较低层次的工" -"具。<command>apt-get</command> 是一个高级工具，它可以在适当的时候执行 " -"<command>dpkg</command> ，还知道在安装某个软件包时自动安装所需的其它软件包，" -"并且能够从您的光盘、网络或其它地方下载它们。</para> </footnote> 其他的包管理" -"前端程序，像 <command>aptitude</command>，<command>synaptic</command> 和较早" -"的 <command>dselect</command> 也是使用并依赖 <command>apt-get</command>。这些" -"前端软件推荐新用户使用，因为它们在良好的用户界面下集成了一些其他特性(搜索包与" -"状态检验)。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:493 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"APT must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The " -"helper application which assists in this task is called <command>apt-setup</" -"command>." -msgstr "" -"您必须配置 APT，使它明白该从哪里获取软件包。有一个帮助您完成这一工作的程序叫 " -"<command>apt-setup</command>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:499 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The next step in your configuration process is to tell APT where other " -"Debian packages can be found. Note that you can re-run this tool at any " -"point after installation by running <command>apt-setup</command>, or by " -"manually editing <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>." -msgstr "" -"然后该告诉 APT 其它软件包可以在什么地方获取。您可以在安装完毕后的任何时候重" -"新运行 <command>apt-setup</command>进行配置，或者手工编辑 <filename>/etc/apt/" -"sources.list</filename>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:506 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If an official CD-ROM is in the drive at this point, then that CD-ROM should " -"automatically be configured as an apt source without prompting. You will " -"notice this because you will see the CD-ROM being scanned." -msgstr "" -"如果此时驱动器内放有官方发布的 CD-ROM，那么 CD-ROM 将会被自动配置为 apt 源，" -"而不会有提示。您可以发现系统会扫描您的光盘。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:512 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"For users without an official CD-ROM, you will be offered an array of " -"choices for how Debian packages are accessed: FTP, HTTP, CD-ROM, or a local " -"file system." -msgstr "" -"对于那些没有官方发布光盘的使用者，有一列选项会让您选择如果获取软件包： FTP、" -"HTTP、CD-ROM 或者本地文件系统。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:518 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You should know that it's perfectly acceptable to have a number of different " -"APT sources, even for the same Debian archive. <command>apt-get</command> " -"will automatically pick the package with the highest version number given " -"all the available versions. Or, for instance, if you have both an HTTP and a " -"CD-ROM APT source, <command>apt-get</command> should automatically use the " -"local CD-ROM when possible, and only resort to HTTP if a newer version is " -"available there. However, it is not a good idea to add unnecessary APT " -"sources, since this will tend to slow down the process of checking the " -"network archives for new versions." -msgstr "" -"您完全可以添加多个不同的 APT 源(甚至是同一 Debian 存档也可以)。<command>apt-" -"get</command> 会自动挑选出软件包中的最新版本。例如，如果您同时使用 HTTP 和 " -"CD-ROM 的 APT 源，<command>apt-get</command> 会在有新版本的时候采用 HTTP " -"源，没有新版本时自动采用 CD-ROM 源。虽然 APT 非常智能化，但仍然不建议您增加" -"不必要的 APT 源，因为这会大降低检查网络存档中的新版本软件的速度。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:534 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Network Package Sources" -msgstr "配置网络软件包源" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:536 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you plan on installing the rest of your system via the network, the most " -"common option is to select the <userinput>http</userinput> source. The " -"<userinput>ftp</userinput> source is also acceptable, but tends to be " -"somewhat slower making connections." -msgstr "" -"如果您计划通过网络安装系统的其它部分，通常的作法是选择 <userinput>http</" -"userinput> 源。当然，<userinput>ftp</userinput> 源也是可以的，只是在连接时会" -"略慢一些。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:543 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The next step during the configuration of network package sources is to tell " -"<command>apt-setup</command> which country you live in. This configures " -"which of the official Debian Internet mirrors you will connect to. Depending " -"on which country you select, you will be presented with a list of possible " -"servers. It's generally fine to pick the one at the top of the list, but any " -"of them should work. Note however that the mirror list provided by the " -"installation was generated when this version of Debian was released and some " -"mirrors may no longer be available." -msgstr "" -"接下来您需要告诉 <command>apt-setup</command> 您生活在哪个国家。Debian会为您" -"选择最近的官方 Debian 网络镜像。根据您选择的国家，程序会列出一些可能的服务器" -"列表。通常选择最上面的一个，但所有服务器应该都是正常可用的。之后，进行测" -"试，如果您发现任何问题，您应该选择另外一个。请注意，服务器列表是在发行 " -"Debian 时生成的，在发行与您安装的这段时间内，一些镜像也许不在存在。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:554 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After you have selected a mirror, you will be asked if a proxy server should " -"be used. A proxy server is a server that will forward all your HTTP and/or " -"FTP requests to the Internet and is most often used to regulate and optimize " -"access to the Internet on corporate networks. In some networks only the " -"proxy server is allowed access to the Internet, in which case you will have " -"to enter the name of the proxy server. You may also have to include an user " -"name and password. Most home users will not need to specify a proxy server, " -"although some ISPs may provide proxy servers for their users." -msgstr "" -"选择镜像之后，您将会被问到是否需要使用代理服务器。代理服务器是用来转发您通" -"过 HTTP 和/或 FTP 访问互联网的服务器，通常在公司网络里用来调节和优化访问互联" -"网。在一些网络中只能通过代理服务器访问互联网，因此您不得不输入代理服务器名" -"称。您也可能还要输入用户名和口令。大多数的家庭用户毋须设置代理服务器，这是" -"因为一些 ISP 会提供。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:566 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After you select a mirror, your new network package source will be tested. " -"If all goes well, you will be prompted whether you want to add another " -"package source. If you have any problems using the package source you " -"selected, try using a different mirror (either from your country list or " -"from the global list), or try using a different network package source." -msgstr "" -"选择镜像之后，系统会测试您的网络软件包源。一切正常的话，程序会提示您是否想要" -"配置其它的网络源。如果您的软件包源有问题，可以尝试不同的镜像站点(从您的国家" -"列表中 或者全体列表)或者使用不同的网络软件包源。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:583 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Package Installation" -msgstr "软件包安装" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:585 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Next you will be offered a number of pre-rolled software configurations " -"offered by Debian. You could always choose, package by package, what you " -"want to install on your new machine. This is the purpose of the " -"<command>aptitude</command> program, described below. But this can be a long " -"task with around &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian!" -msgstr "" -"接下来，您将看到 Debain 事先配置好的一些软件包。您可以逐个选择哪些需要安装到" -"您的新系统上。这是 <command>aptitude</command> 程序的目的，后面会说明。但这可" -"能是一项艰巨的任务，因为有 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 个软件包存在于 Debian 中。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:594 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " -"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " -"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " -"as <quote>desktop environment</quote>, <quote>web server</quote>, or " -"<quote>print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " -"this list, <command>base-config</command> is merely invoking the " -"<command>tasksel</command> program. For manual package selection, the " -"<command>aptitude</command> program is being run. Any of these can be run at " -"any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages. If you are " -"looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, " -"simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></" -"userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the " -"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-" -"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "" -"所以，您可以先选择 <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> ，然后再单独添加软件包。task 松" -"散地代表了您要在计算机上从事的一系列工作，比如 <quote>desktop environment</" -"quote>, <quote>web server</quote>或者 <quote>print server</quote><footnote> " -"<para> 您应该知道，代表这个列表，<command>base-config</command> 仅是执行 " -"<command>tasksel</command> 程序。手动选择安装软件包，<command>aptitude</" -"command> 程序被调用。安装之后的任何时候，只要需要安装(或者删除)更多的软件包，" -"它都被调用。如果您寻找特定的软件包，当安装完成后，只需执行 " -"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, " -"其中 <replaceable>package</replaceable> 是您需要的软件包名。</para> </" -"footnote>。<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各任务所需的空间。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:621 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " -"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." -msgstr "" -"一旦您选择了任务，选择 <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>。此时，<command>aptitude</" -"command> 将安装您选中的软件包。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:628 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Even if you did not select any tasks at all, any standard, important, or " -"required priority packages that are not yet present on your system will be " -"installed. This functionality is the same as running <userinput>tasksel -" -"ris</userinput> at the command line, and currently involves a download of " -"about 37M of archives. You will be shown the number of packages to be " -"installed, and how many kilobytes of packages, if any, need to be downloaded." -msgstr "" -"注意，即使您没有选择任何任务，但标准的、重要的，或者系统优先级要求的软件包将" -"被安装。该功能相当于执行 <userinput>tasksel -ris</userinput> 在命令行下，当前" -"包括下载一个大约 37M 的包。您会看到将要安装的一系列软件包，以及软件包的大" -"小，在需要时它们会被下载。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:641 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you do want to choose what to install on a package by package basis, " -"select the <quote>manual package selection</quote> option in " -"<command>tasksel</command>. If you select one or more tasks alongside this " -"option, <command>aptitude</command> will be called with the <command>--" -"visual-preview</command> option. This means you will be able to " -"review<footnote> <para> You can also change the default selections. If you " -"would like to select any additional package, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</" -"guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Package View</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para> " -"</footnote> the packages that are to be installed. If you do not select any " -"tasks, the normal <command>aptitude</command> screen will be displayed. " -"After making your selections you should press <quote><userinput>g</" -"userinput></quote> to start the download and installation of packages." -msgstr "" -"如果您想基于软件包安装软件包，选择位于 <command>tasksel</command> 的 " -"<quote>manual package selection</quote> 选项。\n" -"如果您选择该选项旁的一个或多项任务，aptitude 将以 <command>--visual-preview</" -"command> 选项执行。\n" -"意思是您可以检查<footnote> <para> 您可以修改这项默认选择。如果您希望选择额外" -"的软件包，\n" -"使用 <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Package View</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.\n" -"</para> </footnote> 那些将要安装的软件包。如果您不选择任何任务，\n" -"通常 <command>aptitude</command> 画面会打开。\n" -"作出选择之后，您按下 <quote><userinput>g</userinput></quote> 开始下载安装软件" -"包。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:662 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you choose <quote>manual package selection</quote> <emphasis>without</" -"emphasis> selecting any tasks, no packages will be installed by default. " -"This means you can use this option if you want to install a minimal system, " -"but also that the responsibility for selecting any packages not installed as " -"part of the base system (before the reboot) that might be required for your " -"system lies with you." -msgstr "" -"如果您选择 <quote>manual package selection</quote> <emphasis>而不</emphasis> " -"选择任务，默认不会安装任何软件包。这就是说，如果您希望安装一个最小系统，并且" -"您的系统(启动之前)不需要选择安装任何软件包，可用使用该选项。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:673 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Of the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian, only a small " -"minority are covered by tasks offered in the Task Installer. To see " -"information on more packages, either use <userinput>apt-cache search " -"<replaceable>search-string</replaceable></userinput> for some given search " -"string (see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>apt-cache</refentrytitle> " -"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page), or run " -"<command>aptitude</command> as described below." -msgstr "" -"在 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 的 Debian 软件包中，只有少数被任务安装器涵盖。为了" -"了解更多软件包的信息，使用 <userinput>apt-cache search <replaceable>search-" -"string</replaceable></userinput> 查找搜索字符串(参考 <citerefentry> " -"<refentrytitle>apt-cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </" -"citerefentry> man 页), 或者执行 <command>aptitude</command> 下面有说明。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:687 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Advanced Package Selection with <command>aptitude</command>" -msgstr "高级软件包选择 <command>aptitude</command>" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:689 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"<command>Aptitude</command> is a modern program for managing packages. " -"<command>aptitude</command> allows you to select individual packages, set of " -"packages matching given criteria (for advanced users), or whole tasks." -msgstr "" -"<command>Aptitude</command> 是管理软件包的流行软件。<command>aptitude</" -"command> 允许您选择单独的软件包，匹配给定标准的软件包(针对高级用户)，或者整个" -"任务。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:696 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The most basic keybindings are: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> <thead> " -"<row> <entry>Key</entry><entry>Action</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> " -"<entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> <entry>Move " -"selection up or down.</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</entry> " -"<entry>Open/collapse/activate item.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>+</" -"keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for installation.</entry> </row><row> " -"<entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for removal.</entry> </" -"row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> <entry>Show package dependencies." -"</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</keycap></entry> <entry>Actually " -"download/install/remove packages.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>q</" -"keycap></entry> <entry>Quit current view.</entry> </row><row> " -"<entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Activate menu.</entry> </row> </" -"tbody></tgroup></informaltable> For more commands see the online help under " -"the <keycap>?</keycap> key." -msgstr "" -"最基本的绑定键是： <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> <thead> <row> <entry>" -"按键</entry><entry>动作</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> " -"<entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> <entry>上下移到选" -"项。</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</entry> <entry>打开/关闭/激活 项" -"目。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>标注要安装" -"的软件包。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>标注" -"要删除的软件包。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> " -"<entry>显示软件包依赖关系。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</keycap></" -"entry> <entry>实际 下载/安装/删除 软件包。</entry> </row><row> " -"<entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>关闭当前视图。</entry> </row><row> " -"<entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>激活菜单</entry> </row> </tbody></" -"tgroup></informaltable> 查看更多的帮助请按 <keycap>?</keycap> 键。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:747 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Prompts During Software Installation" -msgstr "软件安装过程中的命令" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:749 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> or " -"<command>aptitude</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in " -"turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. " -"If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt " -"you during this process. You might also want to keep an eye on the output " -"during the process, to watch for any installation errors (although you will " -"be asked to acknowledge errors which prevented a package's installation)." -msgstr "" -"您通过 <command>tasksel</command> 或 <command>aptitude</command> 选择的每个软" -"件包，都是由 <command>apt-get</command> 和 <command>dpkg</command> 程序下载、" -"解包并安装的。部份特殊的软件在安装过程中需要用户提供更多的信息，在这一过程中" -"会有相关提示。您需要留意该过程的屏幕输出，以判断安装中是否存在错误(尽管通常" -"情况下如果一个软件包无法安装，您会收到一个明确的错误信号)。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:764 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Settings for the X Server" -msgstr "X 服务器设置" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:766 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"On iMacs, and some older Macintoshes as well, the X Server software doesn't " -"calculate appropriate video settings. You will need to choose the " -"<guimenuitem>Advanced</guimenuitem> option during configuration of the video " -"settings. For the monitor's horizontal sync range, enter 59–63. You " -"can leave the default for vertical refresh range." -msgstr "" -"在 iMacs 或者一些古老的 Macintoshes 机器上，X 服务器软件无法自动计算出适当的" -"显卡设置。您需要在配置显卡时选择<guimenuitem>高级</guimenuitem>选项，在监视" -"器的水平同步范围中，填入 59–63。对垂直刷新范围，可以选择默认值。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:774 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The mouse device should be set to <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." -msgstr "鼠标设备可以设置为 <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:788 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" -msgstr "配置您的邮件传输代理(MTA)" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:790 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " -"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " -"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " -"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " -"learn." -msgstr "" -"今天，电子邮件已经成为很多人生活中不可或缺的部份，所以，Debian 让您在安装过" -"程中配置邮件传输代理，并不是件奇怪的事。Debian 中的标准邮件传输代理是 " -"<command>exim4</command>。这是一个非常小巧、灵活并且容易理解的工具。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:798 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " -"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " -"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " -"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." -msgstr "" -"您可能会问，我的电脑并没有连接到网络上，是否也需要做这一步工作呢？ 简短的答" -"案：是。稍长一些的解释：部份系统工具(比如 <command>cron</command>, " -"<command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command> 等)的重要通知都是通过邮件发" -"送的。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:806 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " -"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" -msgstr "" -"所以，在第一个屏幕上您可以看到几个常见的邮件配置方案。请选择一个最适合您需求" -"的。" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:815 -#, no-c-format -msgid "internet site" -msgstr "互联网站" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:816 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " -"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " -"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " -"accept or relay mail." -msgstr "" -"您的系统被连接到网络上，并且您通过 SMTP 直接收发邮件。在接下来的几页中，程序" -"会询问您一些基本问题，如：您的机器的邮件名称、您接受或转发邮件的域等等。" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:827 -#, no-c-format -msgid "mail sent by smarthost" -msgstr "用 smarthost 发信" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:828 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " -"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " -"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " -"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " -"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " -"for dial-up users." -msgstr "" -"在这个方案中，您的外发邮件将被另一台我们称之为 <quote>smarthost</quote>主机转" -"发，由它来完成实际的邮件发送工作。Smarthost 通常也能存放将要投递到您的电脑上" -"的邮件，因此您并不需要永远在线。也就是说，您必须通过诸如 fetchmail 之类的程" -"序将邮件从 smarthost 下载回来。这一选项通常适合拨号用户。" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:841 -#, no-c-format -msgid "local delivery only" -msgstr "仅在本地投递" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:842 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " -"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " -"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " -"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " -"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " -"further questions." -msgstr "" -"您的系统并未连接网络，而且邮件仅仅在本地用户间传递时。即使您不打算发送任何邮" -"件，我们也建议您选择此选项，因为部份系统工具可能随时会发送一些警告信息(比" -"如：可爱的 <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>)。由于选择此项后不需要回答任何" -"问题，因此这一选项也非常适合新手。" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:855 -#, no-c-format -msgid "no configuration at this time" -msgstr "现在不进行配置" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:856 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " -"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " -"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " -"some important messages from your system utilities." -msgstr "" -"除非您真的知道这是在干什么，否则请不要选择这一选项。这会留下一个未配置的邮件" -"系统 — 在您再次配置它之前，您都无法收发任何邮件，并且可能会错过一些系" -"统工具发来的重要信息。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:867 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " -"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" -"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " -"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" -"exim4</filename>." -msgstr "" -"如果以上的方案都不适合您的需求，或者您需要一个更好的配置，在安装完毕后，您可" -"以编辑 <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> 目录下的配置文件。您还可以在 " -"<command>exim4</command>下找到更多关于 <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</" -"filename> 的资料。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:882 +#: boot-new.xml:191 #, no-c-format msgid "Log In" msgstr "登录" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-new.xml:193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you've installed packages, you'll be presented with the login prompt. " -"Log in using the personal login and password you selected. Your system is " -"now ready to use." +"Once your system boots, you'll be presented with the login prompt. Log in " +"using the personal login and password you selected during the installation " +"process. Your system is now ready to use." msgstr "" "安装完软件包以后，您会看到登录提示符。使用您选择的登录用户名和密码。您的系统" "现在就能使用了。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:890 +#: boot-new.xml:199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are a new user, you may want to explore the documentation which is " @@ -1298,7 +335,7 @@ msgstr "" "文档系统，由不同类型的文档组成。这里是一些出发点。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:898 +#: boot-new.xml:207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Documentation accompanying programs you have installed is in <filename>/usr/" @@ -1312,7 +349,7 @@ msgstr "" "统，位于 <filename>/usr/share/doc/apt/guide.html/index.html</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:907 +#: boot-new.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In addition, there are some special folders within the <filename>/usr/share/" @@ -1328,7 +365,7 @@ msgstr "" "index.html</filename> 文档索引。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:917 +#: boot-new.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One easy way to view these documents is to <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</" @@ -1339,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>lynx</userinput> 后面是空格加一个点(点是指当前目录)。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:924 +#: boot-new.xml:233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also type <userinput>info <replaceable>command</replaceable></" @@ -1362,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" "母，再是两个 tab。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:939 +#: boot-new.xml:248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For a more complete introduction to Debian and GNU/Linux, see <filename>/usr/" @@ -1370,3 +407,769 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "了解更多的 Debian 和 GNU/Linux，请参阅 <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian-guide/" "html/noframes/index.html</filename>。" + +#~ msgid "Debian Post-Boot (Base) Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Debian 启动之后(基本)设置" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After booting, you will be prompted to complete the configuration of your " +#~ "basic system, and then to select what additional packages you wish to " +#~ "install. The application which guides you through this process is called " +#~ "<classname>base-config</classname>. Its concept is very similar to the &d-" +#~ "i; from the first stage. Indeed, <classname>base-config</classname> " +#~ "consists of a number of specialized components, where each component " +#~ "handles one configuration task, contains <quote>hidden menu in the " +#~ "background</quote> and also uses the same navigation system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "启动之后，您将被提示去完成基本系统的设置，然后选择您希望安装的额外软件包。" +#~ "指导您完成此过程的应用程序称为 <classname>base-config</classname>。它的概" +#~ "念类似于 &d-i; 的第一阶段。事实上，<classname>base-config</classname> 由一" +#~ "些特殊的元件组成，每个元件完成一项设置任务，包括 <quote>在后台隐藏菜单</" +#~ "quote> 并使用同样的导航系统。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to re-run the <classname>base-config</classname> at any point " +#~ "after installation is complete, as root run <userinput>base-config</" +#~ "userinput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您希望在完成安装之后重新运行 <classname>base-config</classname>，请以 " +#~ "root 身份执行 <userinput>base-config</userinput>。" + +#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +#~ msgstr "配置您的时区" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After a welcome screen, you will be prompted to configure your time zone. " +#~ "First select whether the hardware clock of your system is set to local " +#~ "time or Greenwich Mean Time (GMT or UTC). The time displayed in the " +#~ "dialog may help you decide on the correct option. <phrase arch=\"m68k;" +#~ "powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If " +#~ "you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase " +#~ "arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to " +#~ "local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</" +#~ "phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "欢迎画面之后，您将看到提示要求设置您的时区。首先选择设置您的系统硬件时钟为" +#~ "本地还是格林威治时间(GMT或UTC)。对话框里面显示的时间可以帮您做出正确的选" +#~ "择。<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh 硬件时钟通常设置为本地时间。如" +#~ "果您想多重启动，选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">" +#~ "(仍然)运行着 Dos 或 Windows 的系统通常设置为本地时间。如果您想多重启动，选" +#~ "择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +#~ "process, you will next be shown either a single timezone or a list of " +#~ "timezones relevant for that location. If a single timezone is shown, " +#~ "choose <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> to confirm or choose <guibutton>No</" +#~ "guibutton> to select from the full list of timezones. If a list is shown, " +#~ "select your timezone from the list, or select Other for the full list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "基于安装开始时选择的地理位置，您将看到系统只列出与该位置相关的单一或者有限" +#~ "的时区列表。如果只列出一个时区，选择 <guibutton>是</guibutton>确认或者选" +#~ "择 <guibutton>否</guibutton> 从完整列表中去选择。当列表显示出来，从其中选" +#~ "择您的时区，或者选择其他列出完整列表。" + +#~ msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" +#~ msgstr "设置用户和密码" + +#~ msgid "Set the Root Password" +#~ msgstr "设置 root 密码" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +#~ "user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on " +#~ "your system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +#~ "administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 帐户也被称为 <emphasis>超级用户</emphasis>系统中" +#~ "的所有的安全防护措施对超级用户身份登陆者都是无效的。root 帐户应该仅用来进" +#~ "行系统管理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +#~ "contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +#~ "characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +#~ "such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +#~ "information which could be guessed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您所创建的任何密码都应该包含至少 6 个字符，同时包含大小写字母，并且最好带" +#~ "有标点符号等特殊字符。因为超级用户具有最高权限，因此在您设置 root 密码时尤" +#~ "其需要小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +#~ "You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +#~ "administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果他人向您索取您的 root 密码，您也需要特别谨慎。除非您所管理的系统有多位" +#~ "管理员，否则您通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" + +#~ msgid "Create an Ordinary User" +#~ msgstr "创建一个普通用户" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user " +#~ "account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. " +#~ "You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or " +#~ "as your personal login." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "系统会询问您现在是否希望创建一个普通帐户。您将使用该帐户进行日常登陆操作。" +#~ "切记，平时 <emphasis>不要</emphasis> 使用 root 帐户登陆或者将其作为个人帐" +#~ "号使用。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +#~ "very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you " +#~ "might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program " +#~ "— that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers " +#~ "to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book " +#~ "on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail " +#~ "— consider reading one if it is new to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "为什么呢？避免使用 root 特权帐户的一个原因是，它很容易对系统造成无法挽回的" +#~ "破坏。另一个原因是，您有可能被恶意诱使运行 <emphasis>特洛伊木马</" +#~ "emphasis> 程序 — 这是一种利用您的超级用户权限在您未知的情况下损害您" +#~ "的系统安全的程序。任何合格的 Unix 系统管理书籍中都会涉及到这一主题 " +#~ "— 如果您不是很了解这方面的内容，建议您找一本进行学习。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +#~ "for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +#~ "similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +#~ "prompted for a password for this account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您首先会被要求输入用户的全名。然后要求输入用户帐号名； 通常名或者类似的便" +#~ "满足要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If at any point after installation you would like to create another " +#~ "account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果在安装完毕后您还希望建立其它新帐户，请使用 <command>adduser</command> " +#~ "命令。" + +#~ msgid "Setting Up PPP" +#~ msgstr "设置 PPP" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If no network was configured during the first stage of the installation, " +#~ "you will next be asked whether you wish to install the rest of the system " +#~ "using PPP. PPP is a protocol used to establish dialup connections with " +#~ "modems. If you configure the modem at this point, the installation system " +#~ "will be able to download additional packages or security updates from the " +#~ "Internet during the next steps of the installation. If you don't have a " +#~ "modem in your computer or if you prefer to configure your modem after the " +#~ "installation, you can skip this step." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的计算机没有连上网络，接下来您将会被问到是否希望使用 PPP 安装其余的" +#~ "系统。PPP 是通过调制解调器建立拨号连接的协议。如果您现在需要配置调制解调" +#~ "器，安装系统将下载一些额外的软件包，或者在安装的下一阶段从互联网安全更新。" +#~ "如果您的计算机没有调制解调器，或者希望安装完之后再配置调制解调器，您可以跳" +#~ "过这一节。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to configure your PPP connection, you will need some information " +#~ "from your Internet Service Provider (ISP), including phone number, " +#~ "username, password and DNS servers (optional). Some ISPs provide " +#~ "installation guidelines for Linux distributions. You can use that " +#~ "information even if they don't specifically target Debian since most of " +#~ "the configuration parameters (and software) is similar amongst Linux " +#~ "distributions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "为了配置 PPP 连接，您需要从互联网服务器提供商(ISP)那里了解一些信息，包括电" +#~ "话号码，用户名，口令和 DNS 服务器(可选)。一些 ISP 为 Linux 发行版提供安装" +#~ "指引。您可以使用这些信息，即使他们并不是针对 Debian，这是因为在 Linux 发行" +#~ "版之间，大多数的配置参数(和软件)都类似。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do choose to configure PPP at this point, a program named " +#~ "<command>pppconfig</command> will be run. This program helps you " +#~ "configure your PPP connection. <emphasis>Make sure, when it asks you for " +#~ "the name of your dialup connection, that you name it <userinput>provider</" +#~ "userinput>.</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您选择在现在配置PPP，应用程序 <command>pppconfig</command> 将帮助您完" +#~ "成后续工作。<emphasis>记住，当程序提示您输入拨号连接名称时，您应该输入 " +#~ "<userinput>provider</userinput>。</emphasis>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Hopefully, the <command>pppconfig</command> program will walk you through " +#~ "a trouble-free PPP connection setup. However, if it does not work for " +#~ "you, see below for detailed instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果顺利，<command>pppconfig</command> 能够引导您快速完成设置。否则，您需" +#~ "要继续查看下面的具体命令介绍。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to setup PPP, you'll need to know the basics of file viewing and " +#~ "editing in GNU/Linux. To view files, you should use <command>more</" +#~ "command>, and <command>zmore</command> for compressed files with a " +#~ "<userinput>.gz</userinput> extension. For example, to view " +#~ "<filename>README.debian.gz</filename>, type <userinput>zmore README." +#~ "debian.gz</userinput>. The base system comes with an editor named " +#~ "<command>nano</command>, which is very simple to use, but does not have a " +#~ "lot of features. You will probably want to install more full-featured " +#~ "editors and viewers later, such as <command>jed</command>, <command>nvi</" +#~ "command>, <command>less</command>, and <command>emacs</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在开始之前，您需要了解在GNU/Linux中的文件查看和编辑的基础知识。要查看一个" +#~ "文件，您可以使用 <command>more</command>，和 <command>zmore</command> 查看" +#~ "后缀为 <userinput>.gz</userinput> 的压缩档。例如：要察看 <filename>README." +#~ "debian.gz</filename>，您可以键入命令 <userinput>zmore README.debian.gz</" +#~ "userinput>。最小安装的系统中带有一个使用简单但功能略少的编辑器，叫 " +#~ "<command>nano</command>。您也可以后续安装其它功能强大的编辑器如 " +#~ "<command>jed</command>, <command>nvi</command>, <command>less</command>，" +#~ "和 <command>emacs</command>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Edit <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> and replace <userinput>/" +#~ "dev/modem</userinput> with <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</" +#~ "replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>#</replaceable> stands " +#~ "for the number of your serial port. In Linux, serial ports are counted " +#~ "from 0; your first serial port <phrase arch=\"i386\">(i.e., " +#~ "<userinput>COM1</userinput>)</phrase> is <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> " +#~ "under Linux. <phrase arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">On Macintoshes with serial " +#~ "ports, the modem port is <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> and the printer " +#~ "port is <filename>/dev/ttyS1</filename>.</phrase> The next step is to " +#~ "edit <filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename> and insert your " +#~ "provider's phone number, your user-name and password. Please do not " +#~ "delete the <quote>\\q</quote> that precedes the password. It hides the " +#~ "password from appearing in your log files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "编辑 <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> 并替换 <userinput>/dev/" +#~ "modem</userinput> 为 <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</" +#~ "replaceable></userinput> 其中 <replaceable>#</replaceable> 取决于您的" +#~ "Modem串口号。在Linux下，串口是从0开始计数的，您的第一个串口 <phrase arch=" +#~ "\"i386\">(如 <userinput>COM1</userinput>)</phrase> 就叫 <filename>/dev/" +#~ "ttyS0</filename> 。<phrase arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">如果您在Macintoshes上，那" +#~ "么modem端口是 <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> 打印机的端口是 <filename>/" +#~ "dev/ttyS1</filename>。</phrase> 下一步是编辑 <filename>/etc/chatscripts/" +#~ "provider</filename> 然后插入提供商的电话号码，您的用户与口令。请勿删除 " +#~ "<quote>\\q</quote> 它出现在口令后面。用来隐藏您的口令，而不出现在日志文件" +#~ "里面。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many providers use PAP or CHAP for login sequence instead of text mode " +#~ "authentication. Others use both. If your provider requires PAP or CHAP, " +#~ "you'll need to follow a different procedure. Comment out everything below " +#~ "the dialing string (the one that starts with <quote>ATDT</quote>) in " +#~ "<filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename>, modify <filename>/etc/ppp/" +#~ "peers/provider</filename> as described above, and add <userinput>user " +#~ "<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>name</" +#~ "replaceable> stands for your user-name for the provider you are trying to " +#~ "connect to. Next, edit <filename>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets</filename> or " +#~ "<filename>/etc/ppp/chap-secrets</filename> and enter your password there." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "许多拨号提供商现在使用PAP或CHAP作为认证方法来取代最初的文本模式认证。部份" +#~ "ISP两者都采用，如果您的ISP需要PAP或CHAP，您需要按如下步骤进行配置： 将文件" +#~ "中拨号字串下的所有内容注释掉(即从 <quote>ATDT</quote>) 在 <filename>/etc/" +#~ "chatscripts/provider</filename>同样也注释掉 <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/" +#~ "provider</filename> 文件中拨号字串下的内容，并添加 <userinput>user " +#~ "<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput> 其中 <replaceable>name</" +#~ "replaceable> 指的是您在ISP的拨号用户。然后编辑 <filename>/etc/ppp/pap-" +#~ "secrets</filename> 或 <filename>/etc/ppp/chap-secrets</filename>在其中填入" +#~ "您的密码。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will also need to edit <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> and add " +#~ "your provider's name server (DNS) IP addresses. The lines in <filename>/" +#~ "etc/resolv.conf</filename> are in the following format: " +#~ "<userinput>nameserver <replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</replaceable></" +#~ "userinput> where the <replaceable>x</replaceable>s stand for numbers in " +#~ "your IP address. Optionally, you could add the <userinput>usepeerdns</" +#~ "userinput> option to the <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> " +#~ "file, which will enable automatic choosing of appropriate DNS servers, " +#~ "using settings the remote host usually provides." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您还需要编辑 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>，将您的ISP的域名服务器 " +#~ "(DNS) 的 IP 地址填写进去。<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> 里面内容的" +#~ "填写格式应该是： <userinput>nameserver <replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</" +#~ "replaceable></userinput> 这里的 <replaceable>x</replaceable>是DNS的 IP 地" +#~ "址。作为可选项，您也可以在 <userinput>usepeerdns</userinput> 中添加 " +#~ "<filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> ，这样系统能够在必要的时候选" +#~ "择适当的 DNS 服务器。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unless your provider has a login sequence different from the majority of " +#~ "ISPs, you are done! Start the PPP connection by typing <command>pon</" +#~ "command> as root, and monitor the process using <command>plog</command> " +#~ "command. To disconnect, use <command>poff</command>, again, as root." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "除非您的 ISP 的登陆方式与其它主要 ISP 有极大的差异，否则这样就配置完成了。" +#~ "以root的身份键入 <command>pon</command> 就能打开 PPP 连接，<command>plog</" +#~ "command> 能够监控当前连接，要断开连接，则同样是以root身份执行 " +#~ "<command>poff</command>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> file for " +#~ "more information on using PPP on Debian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "阅读 <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> 可以获取更多" +#~ "Debian上的PPP配置信息。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For static SLIP connections, you will need to add the " +#~ "<userinput>slattach</userinput> command (from the <classname>net-tools</" +#~ "classname> package) into <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename>. " +#~ "Dynamic SLIP will require the <classname>gnudip</classname> package." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "对于静态SLIP连接来说，您需要加上 <userinput>slattach</userinput> 命令(从 " +#~ "<classname>net-tools</classname> 软件包)到 <filename>/etc/init.d/network</" +#~ "filename>。动态 SLIP 要求 <classname>gnudip</classname> 软件包。" + +#~ msgid "Setting Up PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" +#~ msgstr "配置 PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PPPOE is a protocol related to PPP used for some broadband connections. " +#~ "There is currently no support in base configuration to help you set this " +#~ "up. However, the necessary software has been installed, which means you " +#~ "can configure PPPOE manually at this stage of the installation by " +#~ "switching to VT2 and running <command>pppoeconf</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "PPPOE 是与 PPP 相关的协议，用于宽带连接。当前基本系统里面不会帮您配置建" +#~ "立。然而，相应的软件包已经安装，也就意味着您可以在本阶段手动配置 PPPOE，只" +#~ "需切换到 VT2，然后执行 <command>pppoeconf</command>。" + +#~ msgid "Configuring APT" +#~ msgstr "配置 APT" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via " +#~ "a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +#~ "classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +#~ "installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this " +#~ "package is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a " +#~ "higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as " +#~ "appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are " +#~ "required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to " +#~ "retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </" +#~ "footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command>, <command>synaptic</command> and the older " +#~ "<command>dselect</command> also use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +#~ "command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +#~ "integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) " +#~ "in a nice user interface." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "本节的重点是 <command>apt-get</command>，这是一个人们用来安装各种软件的程" +#~ "序，它被包含在 <classname>apt</classname> 软件包中。<footnote> <para> 事实" +#~ "上，真正用来安装软件包的程序是 <command>dpkg</command>。但这是一个比较低层" +#~ "次的工具。<command>apt-get</command> 是一个高级工具，它可以在适当的时候执" +#~ "行 <command>dpkg</command> ，还知道在安装某个软件包时自动安装所需的其它软" +#~ "件包，并且能够从您的光盘、网络或其它地方下载它们。</para> </footnote> 其他" +#~ "的包管理前端程序，像 <command>aptitude</command>，<command>synaptic</" +#~ "command> 和较早的 <command>dselect</command> 也是使用并依赖 <command>apt-" +#~ "get</command>。这些前端软件推荐新用户使用，因为它们在良好的用户界面下集成" +#~ "了一些其他特性(搜索包与状态检验)。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "APT must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. " +#~ "The helper application which assists in this task is called <command>apt-" +#~ "setup</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您必须配置 APT，使它明白该从哪里获取软件包。有一个帮助您完成这一工作的程序" +#~ "叫 <command>apt-setup</command>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next step in your configuration process is to tell APT where other " +#~ "Debian packages can be found. Note that you can re-run this tool at any " +#~ "point after installation by running <command>apt-setup</command>, or by " +#~ "manually editing <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "然后该告诉 APT 其它软件包可以在什么地方获取。您可以在安装完毕后的任何时候" +#~ "重新运行 <command>apt-setup</command>进行配置，或者手工编辑 <filename>/" +#~ "etc/apt/sources.list</filename>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If an official CD-ROM is in the drive at this point, then that CD-ROM " +#~ "should automatically be configured as an apt source without prompting. " +#~ "You will notice this because you will see the CD-ROM being scanned." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果此时驱动器内放有官方发布的 CD-ROM，那么 CD-ROM 将会被自动配置为 apt " +#~ "源，而不会有提示。您可以发现系统会扫描您的光盘。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For users without an official CD-ROM, you will be offered an array of " +#~ "choices for how Debian packages are accessed: FTP, HTTP, CD-ROM, or a " +#~ "local file system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "对于那些没有官方发布光盘的使用者，有一列选项会让您选择如果获取软件包： " +#~ "FTP、HTTP、CD-ROM 或者本地文件系统。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You should know that it's perfectly acceptable to have a number of " +#~ "different APT sources, even for the same Debian archive. <command>apt-" +#~ "get</command> will automatically pick the package with the highest " +#~ "version number given all the available versions. Or, for instance, if you " +#~ "have both an HTTP and a CD-ROM APT source, <command>apt-get</command> " +#~ "should automatically use the local CD-ROM when possible, and only resort " +#~ "to HTTP if a newer version is available there. However, it is not a good " +#~ "idea to add unnecessary APT sources, since this will tend to slow down " +#~ "the process of checking the network archives for new versions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您完全可以添加多个不同的 APT 源(甚至是同一 Debian 存档也可以)。" +#~ "<command>apt-get</command> 会自动挑选出软件包中的最新版本。例如，如果您同" +#~ "时使用 HTTP 和 CD-ROM 的 APT 源，<command>apt-get</command> 会在有新版本的" +#~ "时候采用 HTTP 源，没有新版本时自动采用 CD-ROM 源。虽然 APT 非常智能化，但" +#~ "仍然不建议您增加不必要的 APT 源，因为这会大降低检查网络存档中的新版本软件" +#~ "的速度。" + +#~ msgid "Configuring Network Package Sources" +#~ msgstr "配置网络软件包源" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you plan on installing the rest of your system via the network, the " +#~ "most common option is to select the <userinput>http</userinput> source. " +#~ "The <userinput>ftp</userinput> source is also acceptable, but tends to be " +#~ "somewhat slower making connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您计划通过网络安装系统的其它部分，通常的作法是选择 <userinput>http</" +#~ "userinput> 源。当然，<userinput>ftp</userinput> 源也是可以的，只是在连接时" +#~ "会略慢一些。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next step during the configuration of network package sources is to " +#~ "tell <command>apt-setup</command> which country you live in. This " +#~ "configures which of the official Debian Internet mirrors you will connect " +#~ "to. Depending on which country you select, you will be presented with a " +#~ "list of possible servers. It's generally fine to pick the one at the top " +#~ "of the list, but any of them should work. Note however that the mirror " +#~ "list provided by the installation was generated when this version of " +#~ "Debian was released and some mirrors may no longer be available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "接下来您需要告诉 <command>apt-setup</command> 您生活在哪个国家。Debian会为" +#~ "您选择最近的官方 Debian 网络镜像。根据您选择的国家，程序会列出一些可能的服" +#~ "务器列表。通常选择最上面的一个，但所有服务器应该都是正常可用的。之后，进行" +#~ "测试，如果您发现任何问题，您应该选择另外一个。请注意，服务器列表是在发行 " +#~ "Debian 时生成的，在发行与您安装的这段时间内，一些镜像也许不在存在。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have selected a mirror, you will be asked if a proxy server " +#~ "should be used. A proxy server is a server that will forward all your " +#~ "HTTP and/or FTP requests to the Internet and is most often used to " +#~ "regulate and optimize access to the Internet on corporate networks. In " +#~ "some networks only the proxy server is allowed access to the Internet, in " +#~ "which case you will have to enter the name of the proxy server. You may " +#~ "also have to include an user name and password. Most home users will not " +#~ "need to specify a proxy server, although some ISPs may provide proxy " +#~ "servers for their users." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "选择镜像之后，您将会被问到是否需要使用代理服务器。代理服务器是用来转发您通" +#~ "过 HTTP 和/或 FTP 访问互联网的服务器，通常在公司网络里用来调节和优化访问互" +#~ "联网。在一些网络中只能通过代理服务器访问互联网，因此您不得不输入代理服务器" +#~ "名称。您也可能还要输入用户名和口令。大多数的家庭用户毋须设置代理服务器，这" +#~ "是因为一些 ISP 会提供。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you select a mirror, your new network package source will be " +#~ "tested. If all goes well, you will be prompted whether you want to add " +#~ "another package source. If you have any problems using the package source " +#~ "you selected, try using a different mirror (either from your country list " +#~ "or from the global list), or try using a different network package source." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "选择镜像之后，系统会测试您的网络软件包源。一切正常的话，程序会提示您是否想" +#~ "要配置其它的网络源。如果您的软件包源有问题，可以尝试不同的镜像站点(从您的" +#~ "国家列表中 或者全体列表)或者使用不同的网络软件包源。" + +#~ msgid "Package Installation" +#~ msgstr "软件包安装" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next you will be offered a number of pre-rolled software configurations " +#~ "offered by Debian. You could always choose, package by package, what you " +#~ "want to install on your new machine. This is the purpose of the " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> program, described below. But this can be a " +#~ "long task with around &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "接下来，您将看到 Debain 事先配置好的一些软件包。您可以逐个选择哪些需要安装" +#~ "到您的新系统上。这是 <command>aptitude</command> 程序的目的，后面会说明。" +#~ "但这可能是一项艰巨的任务，因为有 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 个软件包存在于 " +#~ "Debian 中。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +#~ "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent " +#~ "a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, " +#~ "such as <quote>desktop environment</quote>, <quote>web server</quote>, or " +#~ "<quote>print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to " +#~ "present this list, <command>base-config</command> is merely invoking the " +#~ "<command>tasksel</command> program. For manual package selection, the " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> program is being run. Any of these can be run " +#~ "at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages. If " +#~ "you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is " +#~ "complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</" +#~ "replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the " +#~ "name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the " +#~ "available tasks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "所以，您可以先选择 <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> ，然后再单独添加软件包。" +#~ "task 松散地代表了您要在计算机上从事的一系列工作，比如 <quote>desktop " +#~ "environment</quote>, <quote>web server</quote>或者 <quote>print server</" +#~ "quote><footnote> <para> 您应该知道，代表这个列表，<command>base-config</" +#~ "command> 仅是执行 <command>tasksel</command> 程序。手动选择安装软件包，" +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> 程序被调用。安装之后的任何时候，只要需要安装" +#~ "(或者删除)更多的软件包，它都被调用。如果您寻找特定的软件包，当安装完成后，" +#~ "只需执行 <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></" +#~ "userinput>, 其中 <replaceable>package</replaceable> 是您需要的软件包名。</" +#~ "para> </footnote>。<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各任务所需的" +#~ "空间。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At " +#~ "this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've " +#~ "selected." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "一旦您选择了任务，选择 <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>。此时，" +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> 将安装您选中的软件包。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if you did not select any tasks at all, any standard, important, or " +#~ "required priority packages that are not yet present on your system will " +#~ "be installed. This functionality is the same as running " +#~ "<userinput>tasksel -ris</userinput> at the command line, and currently " +#~ "involves a download of about 37M of archives. You will be shown the " +#~ "number of packages to be installed, and how many kilobytes of packages, " +#~ "if any, need to be downloaded." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "注意，即使您没有选择任何任务，但标准的、重要的，或者系统优先级要求的软件包" +#~ "将被安装。该功能相当于执行 <userinput>tasksel -ris</userinput> 在命令行" +#~ "下，当前包括下载一个大约 37M 的包。您会看到将要安装的一系列软件包，以及软" +#~ "件包的大小，在需要时它们会被下载。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do want to choose what to install on a package by package basis, " +#~ "select the <quote>manual package selection</quote> option in " +#~ "<command>tasksel</command>. If you select one or more tasks alongside " +#~ "this option, <command>aptitude</command> will be called with the " +#~ "<command>--visual-preview</command> option. This means you will be able " +#~ "to review<footnote> <para> You can also change the default selections. If " +#~ "you would like to select any additional package, use <menuchoice> " +#~ "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Package View</guimenuitem> </" +#~ "menuchoice>. </para> </footnote> the packages that are to be installed. " +#~ "If you do not select any tasks, the normal <command>aptitude</command> " +#~ "screen will be displayed. After making your selections you should press " +#~ "<quote><userinput>g</userinput></quote> to start the download and " +#~ "installation of packages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您想基于软件包安装软件包，选择位于 <command>tasksel</command> 的 " +#~ "<quote>manual package selection</quote> 选项。\n" +#~ "如果您选择该选项旁的一个或多项任务，aptitude 将以 <command>--visual-" +#~ "preview</command> 选项执行。\n" +#~ "意思是您可以检查<footnote> <para> 您可以修改这项默认选择。如果您希望选择额" +#~ "外的软件包，\n" +#~ "使用 <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Package View</" +#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.\n" +#~ "</para> </footnote> 那些将要安装的软件包。如果您不选择任何任务，\n" +#~ "通常 <command>aptitude</command> 画面会打开。\n" +#~ "作出选择之后，您按下 <quote><userinput>g</userinput></quote> 开始下载安装" +#~ "软件包。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose <quote>manual package selection</quote> <emphasis>without</" +#~ "emphasis> selecting any tasks, no packages will be installed by default. " +#~ "This means you can use this option if you want to install a minimal " +#~ "system, but also that the responsibility for selecting any packages not " +#~ "installed as part of the base system (before the reboot) that might be " +#~ "required for your system lies with you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您选择 <quote>manual package selection</quote> <emphasis>而不</" +#~ "emphasis> 选择任务，默认不会安装任何软件包。这就是说，如果您希望安装一个最" +#~ "小系统，并且您的系统(启动之前)不需要选择安装任何软件包，可用使用该选项。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Of the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian, only a small " +#~ "minority are covered by tasks offered in the Task Installer. To see " +#~ "information on more packages, either use <userinput>apt-cache search " +#~ "<replaceable>search-string</replaceable></userinput> for some given " +#~ "search string (see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>apt-cache</" +#~ "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page), or run " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> as described below." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 的 Debian 软件包中，只有少数被任务安装器涵盖。为" +#~ "了了解更多软件包的信息，使用 <userinput>apt-cache search " +#~ "<replaceable>search-string</replaceable></userinput> 查找搜索字符串(参考 " +#~ "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>apt-cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" +#~ "manvolnum> </citerefentry> man 页), 或者执行 <command>aptitude</command> " +#~ "下面有说明。" + +#~ msgid "Advanced Package Selection with <command>aptitude</command>" +#~ msgstr "高级软件包选择 <command>aptitude</command>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<command>Aptitude</command> is a modern program for managing packages. " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> allows you to select individual packages, set " +#~ "of packages matching given criteria (for advanced users), or whole tasks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<command>Aptitude</command> 是管理软件包的流行软件。<command>aptitude</" +#~ "command> 允许您选择单独的软件包，匹配给定标准的软件包(针对高级用户)，或者" +#~ "整个任务。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The most basic keybindings are: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> " +#~ "<thead> <row> <entry>Key</entry><entry>Action</entry> </row> </thead> " +#~ "<tbody> <row> <entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> " +#~ "<entry>Move selection up or down.</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</" +#~ "entry> <entry>Open/collapse/activate item.</entry> </row><row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for installation.</" +#~ "entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package " +#~ "for removal.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> " +#~ "<entry>Show package dependencies.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</" +#~ "keycap></entry> <entry>Actually download/install/remove packages.</entry> " +#~ "</row><row> <entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>Quit current view.</" +#~ "entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Activate " +#~ "menu.</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> For more commands " +#~ "see the online help under the <keycap>?</keycap> key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "最基本的绑定键是： <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> <thead> <row> " +#~ "<entry>按键</entry><entry>动作</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> <entry>上下移到" +#~ "选项。</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</entry> <entry>打开/关闭/激" +#~ "活 项目。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>标" +#~ "注要安装的软件包。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> " +#~ "<entry>标注要删除的软件包。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>d</" +#~ "keycap></entry> <entry>显示软件包依赖关系。</entry> </row><row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>g</keycap></entry> <entry>实际 下载/安装/删除 软件包。</" +#~ "entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>关闭当前视图。" +#~ "</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>激活菜单</" +#~ "entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> 查看更多的帮助请按 " +#~ "<keycap>?</keycap> 键。" + +#~ msgid "Prompts During Software Installation" +#~ msgstr "软件安装过程中的命令" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> or " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in " +#~ "turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> " +#~ "programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, " +#~ "it will prompt you during this process. You might also want to keep an " +#~ "eye on the output during the process, to watch for any installation " +#~ "errors (although you will be asked to acknowledge errors which prevented " +#~ "a package's installation)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您通过 <command>tasksel</command> 或 <command>aptitude</command> 选择的每" +#~ "个软件包，都是由 <command>apt-get</command> 和 <command>dpkg</command> 程" +#~ "序下载、解包并安装的。部份特殊的软件在安装过程中需要用户提供更多的信息，在" +#~ "这一过程中会有相关提示。您需要留意该过程的屏幕输出，以判断安装中是否存在错" +#~ "误(尽管通常情况下如果一个软件包无法安装，您会收到一个明确的错误信号)。" + +#~ msgid "Settings for the X Server" +#~ msgstr "X 服务器设置" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On iMacs, and some older Macintoshes as well, the X Server software " +#~ "doesn't calculate appropriate video settings. You will need to choose the " +#~ "<guimenuitem>Advanced</guimenuitem> option during configuration of the " +#~ "video settings. For the monitor's horizontal sync range, enter " +#~ "59–63. You can leave the default for vertical refresh range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 iMacs 或者一些古老的 Macintoshes 机器上，X 服务器软件无法自动计算出适当" +#~ "的显卡设置。您需要在配置显卡时选择<guimenuitem>高级</guimenuitem>选项，在" +#~ "监视器的水平同步范围中，填入 59–63。对垂直刷新范围，可以选择默认值。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The mouse device should be set to <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." +#~ msgstr "鼠标设备可以设置为 <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>。" + +#~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" +#~ msgstr "配置您的邮件传输代理(MTA)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +#~ "surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of " +#~ "the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +#~ "<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy " +#~ "to learn." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "今天，电子邮件已经成为很多人生活中不可或缺的部份，所以，Debian 让您在安装" +#~ "过程中配置邮件传输代理，并不是件奇怪的事。Debian 中的标准邮件传输代理是 " +#~ "<command>exim4</command>。这是一个非常小巧、灵活并且容易理解的工具。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to " +#~ "any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some " +#~ "system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +#~ "<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via " +#~ "email." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您可能会问，我的电脑并没有连接到网络上，是否也需要做这一步工作呢？ 简短的" +#~ "答案：是。稍长一些的解释：部份系统工具(比如 <command>cron</command>, " +#~ "<command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command> 等)的重要通知都是通过邮" +#~ "件发送的。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +#~ "scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "所以，在第一个屏幕上您可以看到几个常见的邮件配置方案。请选择一个最适合您需" +#~ "求的。" + +#~ msgid "internet site" +#~ msgstr "互联网站" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +#~ "directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few " +#~ "basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for " +#~ "which you accept or relay mail." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您的系统被连接到网络上，并且您通过 SMTP 直接收发邮件。在接下来的几页中，程" +#~ "序会询问您一些基本问题，如：您的机器的邮件名称、您接受或转发邮件的域等等。" + +#~ msgid "mail sent by smarthost" +#~ msgstr "用 smarthost 发信" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, " +#~ "called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. " +#~ "Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, " +#~ "so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to " +#~ "download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This " +#~ "option is suitable for dial-up users." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在这个方案中，您的外发邮件将被另一台我们称之为 <quote>smarthost</quote>主" +#~ "机转发，由它来完成实际的邮件发送工作。Smarthost 通常也能存放将要投递到您的" +#~ "电脑上的邮件，因此您并不需要永远在线。也就是说，您必须通过诸如 fetchmail " +#~ "之类的程序将邮件从 smarthost 下载回来。这一选项通常适合拨号用户。" + +#~ msgid "local delivery only" +#~ msgstr "仅在本地投递" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +#~ "local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +#~ "highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +#~ "alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</" +#~ "quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't " +#~ "ask any further questions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您的系统并未连接网络，而且邮件仅仅在本地用户间传递时。即使您不打算发送任何" +#~ "邮件，我们也建议您选择此选项，因为部份系统工具可能随时会发送一些警告信息" +#~ "(比如：可爱的 <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>)。由于选择此项后不需要回" +#~ "答任何问题，因此这一选项也非常适合新手。" + +#~ msgid "no configuration at this time" +#~ msgstr "现在不进行配置" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +#~ "This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +#~ "configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may " +#~ "miss some important messages from your system utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "除非您真的知道这是在干什么，否则请不要选择这一选项。这会留下一个未配置的邮" +#~ "件系统 — 在您再次配置它之前，您都无法收发任何邮件，并且可能会错过一" +#~ "些系统工具发来的重要信息。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer " +#~ "setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/" +#~ "exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More " +#~ "information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/" +#~ "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果以上的方案都不适合您的需求，或者您需要一个更好的配置，在安装完毕后，您" +#~ "可以编辑 <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> 目录下的配置文件。您还可以在 " +#~ "<command>exim4</command>下找到更多关于 <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</" +#~ "filename> 的资料。" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po b/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po index 5253c5464..2d282dc2a 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-07 18:28+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:645, index.docbook:739 #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:650 install-methods.xml:746 +#: install-methods.xml:650 install-methods.xml:742 #, no-c-format msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上为 USB 闪盘分区" @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:724 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the " "following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -964,9 +964,7 @@ msgid "" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</" "userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " -"are booting. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> If the boot fails, you can try " -"adding <userinput>devfs=mount,dall</userinput> to the <quote>append</quote> " -"line. </phrase>" +"are booting." msgstr "" "<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> 配置文件应该含有下列两行： " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -978,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" "dall</userinput> 到 <quote>append</quote> 那一行。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:747 +#: install-methods.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware " @@ -1003,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 命令包含在 <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian 包中。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:763 +#: install-methods.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " @@ -1018,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "变启动引导器的配置文件。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:772 +#: install-methods.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</" @@ -1052,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" "就可以用普通的 Unix 工具来处理了。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:788 +#: install-methods.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " @@ -1062,38 +1060,38 @@ msgstr "" "从 Debain 文件库拷贝到闪盘上：" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:794 +#: install-methods.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (内核二进制文件)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:799 +#: install-methods.xml:795 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image)" msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (初始化内存映像)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:804 +#: install-methods.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (yaboot configuration file)" msgstr "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (yaboot 配置文件)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:809 +#: install-methods.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (optional boot message)" msgstr "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (可选的启动信息)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:814 +#: install-methods.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Optional kernel modules" msgstr "可选的内核模块" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:817 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the " "following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1105,8 +1103,7 @@ msgid "" "image=/vmlinux\n" " label=install\n" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" -" initrd-size=10000<phrase condition=\"sarge\">\n" -" append=\"devfs=mount,dall --\"</phrase>\n" +" initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" "userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " @@ -1130,13 +1127,13 @@ msgstr "" "的大小。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:836 +#: install-methods.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Adding an ISO image" msgstr "添加 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:837 +#: install-methods.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you should put any Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a " @@ -1148,7 +1145,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>.iso</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:843 +#: install-methods.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you " @@ -1163,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr "" "gz</filename> 并不包含网络支持。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:852 +#: install-methods.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" @@ -1172,13 +1169,13 @@ msgstr "" "当您完成后，卸载 USB 闪盘(<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)并打开写保护。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:862 +#: install-methods.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting the USB stick" msgstr "从 USB 闪盘启动" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:863 +#: install-methods.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " @@ -1190,19 +1187,19 @@ msgstr "" "自 <classname>mbr</classname> 软件包：" #. Tag: screen -#: install-methods.xml:870 +#: install-methods.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" msgstr "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:882 +#: install-methods.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for Hard Disk Booting" msgstr "为从硬盘引导准备文件" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:883 +#: install-methods.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " @@ -1213,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "者直接使用 BIOS 提供的引导装载程序直接启动。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:889 +#: install-methods.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this " @@ -1226,13 +1223,13 @@ msgstr "" "不清。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:896 +#: install-methods.xml:892 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an NTFS file system." msgstr "安装程序无法从 NTFS 文件系统上进行引导。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:900 +#: install-methods.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System " @@ -1252,7 +1249,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux 之间交换文件，特别是那些您下载的安装文件。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:911 +#: install-methods.xml:907 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " @@ -1263,7 +1260,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序的引导将使用不同的安装文件。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:920 +#: install-methods.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" @@ -1272,7 +1269,7 @@ msgstr "" "硬盘安装程序引导使用 <command>LILO</command> 或 <command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:922 +#: install-methods.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " @@ -1282,7 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 或 <command>GRUB</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:928 +#: install-methods.xml:924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " @@ -1293,7 +1290,7 @@ msgstr "" "被用做内核的根文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:934 +#: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " @@ -1303,19 +1300,19 @@ msgstr "" "newinstall/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:941 +#: install-methods.xml:937 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "<filename>vmlinuz</filename>(内核二进制文件)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:946 +#: install-methods.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdisk image)" msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (内存虚拟磁盘映像)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:953 +#: install-methods.xml:949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" @@ -1323,13 +1320,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "最后，要配置启动引导器，请进入 <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:963 +#: install-methods.xml:959 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for OldWorld Macs" msgstr "在 OldWorld Macs 上引导硬盘安装程序" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:964 +#: install-methods.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</" @@ -1351,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "是必须的。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:977 +#: install-methods.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, " @@ -1378,13 +1375,13 @@ msgstr "" "的系统文件夹中。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:997 +#: install-methods.xml:993 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for NewWorld Macs" msgstr "在 NewWorld Macs 上启动硬盘安装程序" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:998 +#: install-methods.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as " @@ -1402,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" "不能用在 NewWorld PowerMacs 上。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1009 +#: install-methods.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you " @@ -1415,31 +1412,31 @@ msgstr "" "盘图标的方法来完成)。" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1019 +#: install-methods.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinux" msgstr "vmlinux" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1024 +#: install-methods.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.gz" msgstr "initrd.gz" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1029 +#: install-methods.xml:1025 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot" msgstr "yaboot" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1034 +#: install-methods.xml:1030 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot.conf" msgstr "yaboot.conf" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1039 +#: install-methods.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place " @@ -1453,19 +1450,19 @@ msgstr "" "分区号码用于在 Open Firmware 提示符下面输入命令。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1047 +#: install-methods.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." msgstr "要引导安装程序，请进入 <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1060 +#: install-methods.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for TFTP Net Booting" msgstr "为使用 TFTP 网络引导准备文件" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1061 +#: install-methods.xml:1057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to " @@ -1479,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "上面的某个特殊地方，并且配置好能够能够支持对您的机器进行引导。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1069 +#: install-methods.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " @@ -1491,7 +1488,7 @@ msgstr "" "condition=\"supports-dhcp\">，又或 DHCP 服务器</phrase>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1075 +#: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " @@ -1515,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr "" "向后兼容的 BOOTP 拓展。有一些系统只能通过 DHCP 来配置。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1092 +#: install-methods.xml:1088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1526,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "" "替 BOOTP 比较好。有些最新的机器不能从 BOOTP 引导。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1098 +#: install-methods.xml:1094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1547,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>。您也可以直接在 SRM 控制台中直接输入网络接口的 IP 配置。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1115 +#: install-methods.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1557,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>rbootd</classname> 软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1120 +#: install-methods.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1571,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux 上面的一些操作例子。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1128 +#: install-methods.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1585,13 +1582,13 @@ msgstr "" "求，我们推荐 <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1146 +#: install-methods.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "设置 RARP 服务器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1147 +#: install-methods.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To setup RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1609,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput> 命令。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1159 +#: install-methods.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate the " @@ -1644,7 +1641,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>rarp</command> 命令。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1175 +#: install-methods.xml:1171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP module, " @@ -1656,7 +1653,7 @@ msgstr "" "法。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1183 +#: install-methods.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Under SunOS, you need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the " @@ -1673,13 +1670,13 @@ msgstr "" "里，则使用 <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> 命令。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1202 +#: install-methods.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" msgstr "设置 BOOTP 服务器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1203 +#: install-methods.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux, the CMU " @@ -1693,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" "件包中。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1211 +#: install-methods.xml:1207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1748,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "MAC 地址。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1244 +#: install-methods.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " @@ -1768,13 +1765,13 @@ msgstr "" "是：<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1265 +#: install-methods.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "设置 DHCP 服务器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1266 +#: install-methods.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " @@ -1830,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1278 +#: install-methods.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -1846,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP 获取的文件名。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1288 +#: install-methods.xml:1284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " @@ -1856,13 +1853,13 @@ msgstr "" "它：<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>作为其配置文件。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1296 +#: install-methods.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "在 DHCP 配置中打开 PXE 引导功能" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1297 +#: install-methods.xml:1293 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" @@ -1934,13 +1931,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> )。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1313 +#: install-methods.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "开启 TFTP 服务器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -1958,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Debian 包通常在安装后会自动把这条设置好。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1325 +#: install-methods.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " @@ -1982,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1339 +#: install-methods.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -2010,13 +2007,13 @@ msgstr "" "错误。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "将 TFTP 映像放到适当的位置" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1362 +#: install-methods.xml:1358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" @@ -2033,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "一个强制的标准。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1372 +#: install-methods.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2050,7 +2047,7 @@ msgstr "" "录。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1381 +#: install-methods.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2065,7 +2062,7 @@ msgstr "" "动所需的文件名传递至<command>tftpd</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1389 +#: install-methods.xml:1385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2080,13 +2077,13 @@ msgstr "" "efi</filename> 以启动所需的文件名传递至<command>tftpd</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "DECstation TFTP 映像文件" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1402 +#: install-methods.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2102,7 +2099,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1411 +#: install-methods.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2119,13 +2116,13 @@ msgstr "" "按照如下语法加入：" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1423 +#: install-methods.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1425 +#: install-methods.xml:1421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2159,13 +2156,13 @@ msgstr "" "www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1463 +#: install-methods.xml:1459 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Alpha TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1464 +#: install-methods.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2186,13 +2183,13 @@ msgstr "" "个文件名。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1479 +#: install-methods.xml:1475 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "SPARC TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1480 +#: install-methods.xml:1476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SPARC architectures for instance use the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2219,7 +2216,7 @@ msgstr "" "将所有的子母改成大写，并在必要时加上子体系名。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1493 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2232,13 +2229,13 @@ msgstr "" "仍然必须被请放置在 TFTP 服务器要查找的目录中。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1508 +#: install-methods.xml:1504 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "BVM/Motorola TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1509 +#: install-methods.xml:1505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2248,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" "到 <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1514 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2263,13 +2260,13 @@ msgstr "" "体系的系统特殊配置信息。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1526 +#: install-methods.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI Indys TFTP Booting" msgstr "SGI Indys TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1527 +#: install-methods.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI Indys you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2283,13 +2280,13 @@ msgstr "" "现于 <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1539 +#: install-methods.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1540 +#: install-methods.xml:1536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2298,13 +2295,13 @@ msgstr "" "您不需要通过特殊方法配置 DHCP，因为您将传递文件的完全路径至装载的 CFE 。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1645 +#: install-methods.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "自动化安装" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1646 +#: install-methods.xml:1642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2319,132 +2316,122 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>autoinstall</classname>，以及 Debian 安装程序本身。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1659 +#: install-methods.xml:1655 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "使用 Debian 安装程序进行自动安装" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1660 +#: install-methods.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " "files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from " "removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the " "installation process." -msgstr "Debian 安装程序支持使用预先配置的文件进行自动安装。预配置文件可以从网络或移动介质上加载，并自动回答安装过程中的问题。" +msgstr "" +"Debian 安装程序支持使用预先配置的文件进行自动安装。预配置文件可以从网络或移动" +"介质上加载，并自动回答安装过程中的问题。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1667 +#: install-methods.xml:1663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " "edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "在 <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/> 是有关预置文件的完整文档，并有一些可以使用的例子供您修改。" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1672 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Although most dialogs used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " -"there are some notable exceptions. You can (re)partition an entire disk or " -"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " -"partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM. " -"Also, with the exception of network driver modules, it is not possible to " -"preconfigure kernel module parameters." -msgstr "虽然大多数 &d-i; 使用的对话框可以用这种方法预置，但还是有明显的例外。您可以(重新)分区整个硬盘或使用磁盘上可用的闲置空间; 但无法使用已存在的分区。当前还无法预先设置 RAID 和 LVM。还有，除了网络驱动模块，也无法预先设置内核模块参数。" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1681 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the debconf-set-" -"selections command. A well documented and working example that you can edit " -"is in <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "" -"预配置文件是按照 debconf-set-selections 命令的格式写成的。这里有一个具有详尽" -"注释并能正常工作的预配置文件例子：<xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1687 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Alternatively, one way to get a complete file listing all the values that " -"can be preseeded is to do a manual install, and then use <filename>debconf-" -"get-selections</filename>, from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> " -"package, to dump both the debconf database and the cdebconf database in /var/" -"log/debian-installer/cdebconf to a single file: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> However, a file generated in this manner will " -"have some items that should not be preseeded, and the file in <xref linkend=" -"\"example-preseed\"/> is a better starting place for most users." -msgstr "" -"除此之外，要得到一个包含所有可被预设置的项目的完整文件，您可以进行手动安装，" -"然后使用 <filename>debconf-get-selections</filename> 命令(它来自 " -"<classname>debconf-utils</classname>软件包)将 debconf 数据库和位于 /var/log/" -"debian-installer/cdebconf 的 cdebconf 数据库的内容导出至一个单一的文件： " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>文件</replaceable>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>文件</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 但是，按照这些方法生成的文件将会包含一些不应该被" -"预设置的项目，因此 <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/> 中的文件对于大多数用户" -"来说是一个更好的起点。" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1702 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Once you have a preconfiguration file, you can edit it if necessary, and " -"place it on a web server, or copy it onto the installer's boot media. " -"Wherever you place the file, you need to pass a parameter to the installer " -"at boot time to tell it to use the file." -msgstr "" -"一旦您有了一个预配置文件，可以在需要时编辑它，并且上传至一个 web 服务器，或者" -"拷贝至安装程序的启动引导介质。无论您将此文件放置在哪里，都需要在启动安装程序" -"时向它传递一个参数来告诉它使用这个文件。" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1709 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To make the installer use a preconfiguration file downloaded from the " -"network, add preseed/url=http://url/to/preseed.cfg to the kernel boot " -"parameters. Of course the preconfiguration will not take effect until the " -"installer manages to set up the network to download the file, so this is " -"most useful if the installer can set up the network via DHCP without asking " -"any questions. You may want to set the installation priority to critical to " -"avoid any questions while the network is being configured. See <xref linkend=" -"\"installer-args\"/>." -msgstr "" -"要让安装程序使用一个从网络下载的预配置文件，请将 preseed/url=http://url/to/" -"config 加入内核启动参数。当然这个预配置文件，只有安装程序能够管理网络并下载文" -"件后才能起作用，因此如果安装程序能够通过 DHCP 设置网络而不需要询问任何问题的" -"话，此方法会更有用。如果您已经被设置好了网络，可能还会想将安装优先级调至关键" -"来避免任何提问。请参见 <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1720 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To place a preconfiguration file on a CD, you would need to remaster the ISO " -"image to include your preconfiguration file. See the manual page for mkisofs " -"for details. Alternatively, put the preseed file on a floppy, and use " -"preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg" -msgstr "" -"要将预配置文件放置在光盘中，您将需要重新生成 ISO 映像以包括您的预配置文件。请" -"阅读 mkisofs 的手册来获得细节信息。另外，您也可以将预配置文件放置在一张软盘" -"中，然后使用 preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg 参数。" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1727 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you'll be booting from a USB memory stick, then you can simply copy your " -"preconfiguration file onto the memory stick's filesystem, and edit the " -"syslinux.cfg file to add preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg to the kernel " -"boot parameters." msgstr "" -"如果您要从 USB 闪盘上启动，那您可以简单拷贝您的预配置文件至闪盘的文件系统中，" -"并编辑 syslinux.cfg 文件来加入 preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg 至内核启动" -"参数。" +"在 <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/> 是有关预置文件的完整文档，并有一些可" +"以使用的例子供您修改。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Although most dialogs used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +#~ "there are some notable exceptions. You can (re)partition an entire disk " +#~ "or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +#~ "partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM. " +#~ "Also, with the exception of network driver modules, it is not possible to " +#~ "preconfigure kernel module parameters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "虽然大多数 &d-i; 使用的对话框可以用这种方法预置，但还是有明显的例外。您可" +#~ "以(重新)分区整个硬盘或使用磁盘上可用的闲置空间; 但无法使用已存在的分区。当" +#~ "前还无法预先设置 RAID 和 LVM。还有，除了网络驱动模块，也无法预先设置内核模" +#~ "块参数。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the debconf-set-" +#~ "selections command. A well documented and working example that you can " +#~ "edit is in <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "预配置文件是按照 debconf-set-selections 命令的格式写成的。这里有一个具有详" +#~ "尽注释并能正常工作的预配置文件例子：<xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, one way to get a complete file listing all the values that " +#~ "can be preseeded is to do a manual install, and then use " +#~ "<filename>debconf-get-selections</filename>, from the <classname>debconf-" +#~ "utils</classname> package, to dump both the debconf database and the " +#~ "cdebconf database in /var/log/debian-installer/cdebconf to a single file: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</" +#~ "replaceable>\n" +#~ "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> However, a file generated in this manner will " +#~ "have some items that should not be preseeded, and the file in <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"example-preseed\"/> is a better starting place for most users." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "除此之外，要得到一个包含所有可被预设置的项目的完整文件，您可以进行手动安" +#~ "装，然后使用 <filename>debconf-get-selections</filename> 命令(它来自 " +#~ "<classname>debconf-utils</classname>软件包)将 debconf 数据库和位于 /var/" +#~ "log/debian-installer/cdebconf 的 cdebconf 数据库的内容导出至一个单一的文" +#~ "件： <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>文件</" +#~ "replaceable>\n" +#~ "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>文件</replaceable>\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> 但是，按照这些方法生成的文件将会包含一些不应该" +#~ "被预设置的项目，因此 <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/> 中的文件对于大多" +#~ "数用户来说是一个更好的起点。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have a preconfiguration file, you can edit it if necessary, and " +#~ "place it on a web server, or copy it onto the installer's boot media. " +#~ "Wherever you place the file, you need to pass a parameter to the " +#~ "installer at boot time to tell it to use the file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "一旦您有了一个预配置文件，可以在需要时编辑它，并且上传至一个 web 服务器，" +#~ "或者拷贝至安装程序的启动引导介质。无论您将此文件放置在哪里，都需要在启动安" +#~ "装程序时向它传递一个参数来告诉它使用这个文件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the installer use a preconfiguration file downloaded from the " +#~ "network, add preseed/url=http://url/to/preseed.cfg to the kernel boot " +#~ "parameters. Of course the preconfiguration will not take effect until the " +#~ "installer manages to set up the network to download the file, so this is " +#~ "most useful if the installer can set up the network via DHCP without " +#~ "asking any questions. You may want to set the installation priority to " +#~ "critical to avoid any questions while the network is being configured. " +#~ "See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要让安装程序使用一个从网络下载的预配置文件，请将 preseed/url=http://url/" +#~ "to/config 加入内核启动参数。当然这个预配置文件，只有安装程序能够管理网络并" +#~ "下载文件后才能起作用，因此如果安装程序能够通过 DHCP 设置网络而不需要询问任" +#~ "何问题的话，此方法会更有用。如果您已经被设置好了网络，可能还会想将安装优先" +#~ "级调至关键来避免任何提问。请参见 <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To place a preconfiguration file on a CD, you would need to remaster the " +#~ "ISO image to include your preconfiguration file. See the manual page for " +#~ "mkisofs for details. Alternatively, put the preseed file on a floppy, and " +#~ "use preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要将预配置文件放置在光盘中，您将需要重新生成 ISO 映像以包括您的预配置文" +#~ "件。请阅读 mkisofs 的手册来获得细节信息。另外，您也可以将预配置文件放置在" +#~ "一张软盘中，然后使用 preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg 参数。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you'll be booting from a USB memory stick, then you can simply copy " +#~ "your preconfiguration file onto the memory stick's filesystem, and edit " +#~ "the syslinux.cfg file to add preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg to the " +#~ "kernel boot parameters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您要从 USB 闪盘上启动，那您可以简单拷贝您的预配置文件至闪盘的文件系统" +#~ "中，并编辑 syslinux.cfg 文件来加入 preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg 至内" +#~ "核启动参数。" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po index 967480c7e..f4998f07c 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-25 10:21+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -358,20 +358,15 @@ msgstr "安装" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> " -"<phrase condition=\"sarge\"> If you want a 2.6 kernel, type " -"<userinput>linux26</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. </" -"phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type " -"<userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. </" -"phrase> <footnote><para> <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> The 2.6 kernel is " -"available for most boot methods, but not when booting from a floppy. </" -"phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> The 2.6 kernel is the default for most " -"boot methods, but is not available when booting from a floppy. </phrase> </" -"para></footnote> </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " +"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " +"default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " +"floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" msgstr "" "一旦安装套件开始运行后，会有一个初始画面迎接您。要启动的话，请按 &enterkey;；" "也可以先看一下其它的启动方式以及各种参数(参阅 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/" @@ -385,7 +380,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -400,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr "" "上所有国家的列表以备选择。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:248 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -410,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" "清楚更合适的布局。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:253 +#: installation-howto.xml:241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -420,7 +415,7 @@ msgstr "" "件，并从 CD、软驱、USB 或其它设备里把它的其余部分加载进系统。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -431,7 +426,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您没有连接网络，或是没有用 DHCP，那么您也可以手动配置网络。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:264 +#: installation-howto.xml:252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -444,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" "用自动分区的话，请在菜单中选择手动分区。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -458,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" "装空间：只需选择该分区，并指定它的新尺寸。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:278 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -477,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/> 有更多关于分区方面的信息。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:288 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -487,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" "装内核。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -503,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "这样做，而是把 GRUB 装在其它什么地方。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -516,7 +511,7 @@ msgstr "" "个阶段，在 <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> 有对它的详尽说明。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:310 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -524,35 +519,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如果您想要更多的安装过程相关信息，请看 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:319 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "请给我们发一份安装报告" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:320 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " -"provide us with a report. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> There is a template " -"named <filename>install-report.template</filename> in the <filename>/root</" -"filename> directory of a freshly installed system. Please fill it out and " -"file it as a bug against the package <classname>installation-reports</" -"classname>, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>. </phrase> " -"<phrase condition=\"etch\"> The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " "reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " -"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>. </phrase>" -msgstr "如果您用 &d-i; 安装成功，请抽空给我们写一份报告。<phrase condition=\"sarge\">在新装好的系统里，<filename>/root</filename> 目录下有一个名为 <filename>install-report.template</filename> 的模板文件。请填写内容，并把它作为 <classname>installation-reports</classname> 软件包的 bug 报告发送回来，具体操作，见 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>。</phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\">有一个最简单的方法，即安装 report bug 软件包(<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>)，然后执行 <command>reportbug installation-report</command>。</phrase>" +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:338 -#, no-c-format +#: installation-howto.xml:316 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you did not reach base-config or ran into other trouble, you probably " -"found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary " -"that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use " -"an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, " -"see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." msgstr "" "如果您到不了 base-config 这一步，或者碰到了其它的麻烦，那么您也许发现了一个 " "debian-installler 的错误。要改进安装程序，就很有必要让我们知道这些异状，因" @@ -560,13 +550,13 @@ msgstr "" "如果安装彻底失败了，请参看 <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:350 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "末了……" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:351 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " @@ -574,3 +564,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "我们祝愿您的 Debian 安装顺利愉快，并希望您能发现 Debian 在您这里的用武之地。" "还有您也许可以读一下 <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time " +#~ "to provide us with a report. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> There is a " +#~ "template named <filename>install-report.template</filename> in the " +#~ "<filename>/root</filename> directory of a freshly installed system. " +#~ "Please fill it out and file it as a bug against the package " +#~ "<classname>installation-reports</classname>, as explained in <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> The " +#~ "simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-" +#~ "get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-" +#~ "report</command>. </phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您用 &d-i; 安装成功，请抽空给我们写一份报告。<phrase condition=\"sarge" +#~ "\">在新装好的系统里，<filename>/root</filename> 目录下有一个名为 " +#~ "<filename>install-report.template</filename> 的模板文件。请填写内容，并把" +#~ "它作为 <classname>installation-reports</classname> 软件包的 bug 报告发送回" +#~ "来，具体操作，见 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>。</phrase> <phrase " +#~ "condition=\"etch\">有一个最简单的方法，即安装 report bug 软件包" +#~ "(<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>)，然后执行 " +#~ "<command>reportbug installation-report</command>。</phrase>" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/post-install.po b/po/zh_CN/post-install.po index e33e3c0d7..380d770b5 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/post-install.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/post-install.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-25 21:05+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -399,7 +399,11 @@ msgid "" "check first if there is an alternative kernel image package that better " "corresponds to your hardware. However, it can be useful to compile a new " "kernel in order to:" -msgstr "为什么有些人想要编译新内核? Debian 自带的默认内核已经包含了绝大部分配置，所以编译新内核并不是必需的。并且，Debian 提供了多个内核供选择。所以您应该先确认一下，有没有适合您硬件的内核映像软件包存在。然而，基于下列理由，编译新内核还是很有用的：" +msgstr "" +"为什么有些人想要编译新内核? Debian 自带的默认内核已经包含了绝大部分配置，所以" +"编译新内核并不是必需的。并且，Debian 提供了多个内核供选择。所以您应该先确认一" +"下，有没有适合您硬件的内核映像软件包存在。然而，基于下列理由，编译新内核还是" +"很有用的：" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:287 @@ -665,13 +669,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:454 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<phrase condition=\"etch\">For more information on Debian kernels and kernel " -"compilation, see the <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux " -"Kernel Handbook</ulink>.</phrase> For more information on <classname>kernel-" -"package</classname>, read the fine documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/" -"kernel-package</filename>." +"For more information on Debian kernels and kernel compilation, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>. " +"For more information on <classname>kernel-package</classname>, read the fine " +"documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"etch\">要了解 Debian 内核与编译内核的更多信息，清参阅 " "<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>。</" @@ -679,13 +682,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: post-install.xml:471 +#: post-install.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Recovering a Broken System" msgstr "修复损坏的系统" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:472 +#: post-install.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Sometimes, things go wrong, and the system you've carefully installed is no " @@ -703,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" "用于此目的。" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:482 +#: post-install.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To access rescue mode, type <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the " @@ -726,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" "硬盘，网络设备等等可以使用。" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:497 +#: post-install.xml:496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Instead of the partitioning tool, you should now be presented with a list of " @@ -740,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "" "您也可以选择 RAID 和 LVM 设备上的分区，与直接在磁盘上创建一样。" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:505 +#: post-install.xml:504 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If possible, the installer will now present you with a shell prompt in the " @@ -757,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" "您可以通过输入这个命令 <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:517 +#: post-install.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installer cannot run a usable shell in the root file system you " @@ -775,13 +778,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 目录。" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:526 +#: post-install.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "In either case, after you exit the shell, the system will reboot." msgstr "无论哪种情况，退出 shell 之后，系统将重启。" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:530 +#: post-install.xml:529 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Finally, note that repairing broken systems can be difficult, and this " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po index ec6415f0a..1d0639690 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-26 14:33+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "配置一个网络接口；" # index.docbook:106, index.docbook:140 #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:106 preparing.xml:140 +#: preparing.xml:106 #, no-c-format msgid "Open a ssh connection to the new system." msgstr "开启新系统的 ssh 连接；" @@ -191,24 +191,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:134 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Load the newly installed system for the first time, and make some initial " -"system settings." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Load the newly installed system for the first time." msgstr "第一次加载新安装的系统，做一些系统初始设定；" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:145 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Install additional software (<firstterm>tasks</firstterm> and/or " -"<firstterm>packages</firstterm>), at your discretion." -msgstr "" -"选择安装您要使用的其他的软件 (<firstterm>程序单元</firstterm> 和/或 " -"<firstterm>软件包</firstterm>)；" - -#. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:153 +#: preparing.xml:141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which " @@ -219,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" "包。有关这场安装“戏剧”的“主角”的介绍：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:159 +#: preparing.xml:147 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the " @@ -237,32 +225,22 @@ msgstr "" "installer</classname> 将一直到您第一次启动新系统时才完成她的使命。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:169 +#: preparing.xml:157 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Upon loading the new base system, <classname>base-config</classname> " -"supervises adding users, setting a time zone (via <classname>tzsetup</" -"classname>), and setting up the package installation system (using " -"<classname>apt-setup</classname>). It then launches <classname>tasksel</" -"classname> which can be used to select large groups of related programs, and " -"in turn can run <classname>aptitude</classname> which allows you to choose " -"individual software packages." +"To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you " +"to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web " +"server or a Desktop environment." msgstr "" -"在加载新装的基本系统时，<classname>base-config</classname> 指导您添加用户、设" -"置时区(通过 <classname>tzsetup</classname>)，并进行软件包安装系统的配置(使用 " -"<classname>apt-setup</classname>)。然后，它将启动 <classname>tasksel</" -"classname> 程序来安装以相互关系分成的几个大组软件，或者 <classname>aptitude</" -"classname> 程序来让您挑选单独的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:179 -#, no-c-format +#: preparing.xml:163 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first " "system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The " "graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be " -"installed unless you select it during the final steps, with either " -"<classname>tasksel</classname> or <classname>aptitude</classname>. It's " +"installed unless you select it with <classname>tasksel</classname>. It's " "optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have " "any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." msgstr "" @@ -274,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" "在这里只是一个可选项。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:190 +#: preparing.xml:172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from " @@ -287,13 +265,13 @@ msgstr "" "内。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:206 +#: preparing.xml:188 #, no-c-format msgid "Back Up Your Existing Data!" msgstr "记得备份您的所有数据！" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:207 +#: preparing.xml:189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your " @@ -315,7 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" "节省几个小时的不必要的恢复工作。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:220 +#: preparing.xml:202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the " @@ -330,7 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" "上的文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:231 +#: preparing.xml:213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only " @@ -347,105 +325,110 @@ msgstr "" "quote>引导存储器是必须的。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:249 +#: preparing.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "Information You Will Need" msgstr "一些有用的信息" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:252 +#: preparing.xml:234 #, no-c-format msgid "Documentation" msgstr "文档" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:255 +#: preparing.xml:237 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Manual" msgstr "安装手册" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:257 +#: preparing.xml:239 #, no-c-format msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format." msgstr "您正在阅读的文档，是纯文本、HTML 或者 PDF 格式。" #. Tag: itemizedlist -#: preparing.xml:263 +#: preparing.xml:245 #, no-c-format msgid "&list-install-manual-files;" msgstr "&list-install-manual-files;" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:269 +#: preparing.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the " "Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in " "<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and " "translations</ulink>." -msgstr "您正在阅读的文档，是 Debian &releasename; 发行版安装指南的正式版本; 还有<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">各种文件格式和不同语种的翻译</ulink>。" +msgstr "" +"您正在阅读的文档，是 Debian &releasename; 发行版安装指南的正式版本; 还有" +"<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">各种文件格式和不同语种的翻译" +"</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:278 +#: preparing.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the " "Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=" "\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>." -msgstr "您正在阅读的文档，是 Debian 下一个发行版安装指南的开发版本; 还有 <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">各种文件格式和不同语种的翻译</ulink>。" +msgstr "" +"您正在阅读的文档，是 Debian 下一个发行版安装指南的开发版本; 还有 <ulink url=" +"\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">各种文件格式和不同语种的翻译</ulink>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:290 +#: preparing.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware documentation" msgstr "硬件文档" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:291 +#: preparing.xml:273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." msgstr "通常包含设置和使用您硬件的有用信息。" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:302 +#: preparing.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO" msgstr "Linux 硬件兼容性指南" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:308 +#: preparing.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux/m68k FAQ" msgstr "Linux/m68k FAQ" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:314 +#: preparing.xml:296 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux/Alpha FAQ" msgstr "Linux/Alpha FAQ" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:320 +#: preparing.xml:302 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ" msgstr "Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:326 +#: preparing.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux/Mips website" msgstr "Linux/Mips website" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:335 +#: preparing.xml:317 #, no-c-format msgid "&arch-title; Hardware References" msgstr "&arch-title; Hardware References" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:336 +#: preparing.xml:318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, " @@ -455,13 +438,13 @@ msgstr "" "Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network)" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:348 +#: preparing.xml:330 #, no-c-format msgid "Device Drivers and Installation Commands" msgstr "设备驱动程序与安装命令" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:353 +#: preparing.xml:335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and " @@ -470,13 +453,13 @@ msgstr "" "IBM Redbook 讲述了如何将 Linux 与 zSeries 的 z/VM 和 &arch-title; 硬件组合。" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:363 +#: preparing.xml:345 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for &arch-title;" msgstr "用于 &arch-title; 的 Linux" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:369 +#: preparing.xml:351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. " @@ -487,19 +470,19 @@ msgstr "" "节，但对于所有的 &arch-title; 发行版，基本的安装概念是相同的。" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:380 +#: preparing.xml:362 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions" msgstr "Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:390 +#: preparing.xml:372 #, no-c-format msgid "Finding Sources of Hardware Information" msgstr "提供硬件信息的资源" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:391 +#: preparing.xml:373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your " @@ -510,40 +493,42 @@ msgstr "" "熟悉一下您的硬件比较好。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:397 +#: preparing.xml:379 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware information can be gathered from:" msgstr "获取硬件信息的途径有：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:404 +#: preparing.xml:386 #, no-c-format msgid "The manuals that come with each piece of hardware." msgstr "每个硬件附带的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:409 +#: preparing.xml:391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you " "start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for " "the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key." -msgstr "您计算机的 BIOS 配置画面。在计算机启动时，您可以通过按组合键查看这些画面。请从您的手册确认组合键。通常，它是 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 键。" +msgstr "" +"您计算机的 BIOS 配置画面。在计算机启动时，您可以通过按组合键查看这些画面。请" +"从您的手册确认组合键。通常，它是 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 键。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:416 +#: preparing.xml:398 #, no-c-format msgid "The cases and boxes for each piece of hardware." msgstr "每个硬件的包装盒。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:422 +#: preparing.xml:404 #, no-c-format msgid "The System window in the Windows Control Panel." msgstr "Windows 控制面板里面的系统窗口。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:428 +#: preparing.xml:410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager " @@ -554,7 +539,7 @@ msgstr "" "盘特别有用。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:435 +#: preparing.xml:417 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can " @@ -564,179 +549,179 @@ msgstr "" "息。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Information Needed for an Install" msgstr "安装所需的硬件信息" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:451 +#: preparing.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware" msgstr "硬件" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:451 +#: preparing.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "Information You Might Need" msgstr "您需要了解的信息" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 +#: preparing.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drives" msgstr "硬盘" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:458 +#: preparing.xml:440 #, no-c-format msgid "How many you have." msgstr "拥有的容量" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "它们在系统上的次序" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:462 +#: preparing.xml:444 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "是 IDE 还是 SCSI(大多数计算机上是 IDE)" # index.docbook:445, index.docbook:497 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:464 preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:446 preparing.xml:498 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:447 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "分区。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:467 +#: preparing.xml:449 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "安装有其他操作系统的分区。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "显示器" # index.docbook:453, index.docbook:473, index.docbook:479, index.docbook:485 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 preparing.xml:492 preparing.xml:498 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:454 preparing.xml:474 preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "型号与制造商。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:474 +#: preparing.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "支持的分辨率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:475 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "水平扫描频率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 +#: preparing.xml:458 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "垂直扫描频率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:478 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "支持的颜色深度(颜色数)" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:480 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "屏幕尺寸。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:483 +#: preparing.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "鼠标" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:484 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "类型：串口、PS/2 或 USB。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:486 +#: preparing.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "端口。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:487 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "制造商。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "按键数。" # index.docbook:472, index.docbook:500 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 preparing.xml:519 +#: preparing.xml:473 preparing.xml:501 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "网络" # index.docbook:475, index.docbook:501 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:494 preparing.xml:520 +#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "适配器类型。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:497 +#: preparing.xml:479 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "打印机" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:500 +#: preparing.xml:482 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "支持的打印分辨率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:503 +#: preparing.xml:485 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "视频卡" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:506 +#: preparing.xml:488 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "可用显存" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -744,37 +729,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "支持的分辨率和颜色数(还需检验您显示器的能力)。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:513 +#: preparing.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:514 +#: preparing.xml:496 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "设备数。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:522 +#: preparing.xml:504 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "设备数。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:523 +#: preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "OSA 卡的相对适配器号。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:531 +#: preparing.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "硬件兼容性" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:533 +#: preparing.xml:515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -785,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" "改善。然而，Linux 仍然不能像某些操作系统那样可以在各种不同的硬件上运行。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:539 +#: preparing.xml:521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -793,7 +778,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "特别是，Linux 通常不能驱动那些需要某些版本 Windows 才运行的硬件上。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:544 +#: preparing.xml:526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -806,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" "上。因此，它们很快就会被废弃。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -816,19 +801,19 @@ msgstr "" "格的。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:556 +#: preparing.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "您可以通过以下方式检验硬件兼容性：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:561 +#: preparing.xml:543 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "检查制造商的网站来得到新的驱动程序。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:566 +#: preparing.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -838,7 +823,7 @@ msgstr "" "序或者设置。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:573 +#: preparing.xml:555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -846,19 +831,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "检查您计算机体系的 Linux 兼容性列表网站。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:579 +#: preparing.xml:561 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "搜索互联网查找其他用户的经验。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:590 +#: preparing.xml:572 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "网络设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:592 +#: preparing.xml:574 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -869,31 +854,31 @@ msgstr "" "号连接)，您需要向您的网络系统管理员咨询这项信息。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "您的主机名(您也许可以自己决定)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "您的域名。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:609 +#: preparing.xml:591 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "您的计算机 IP 地址。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:614 +#: preparing.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "您网络的网络掩码。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:619 +#: preparing.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -902,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" "路由经过的默认网关的 IP 地址，如果您的网络 <emphasis>有</emphasis> 网关的话。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -910,7 +895,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您的网络中作为 DNS(域名服务) 服务器的系统。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:633 +#: preparing.xml:615 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -922,31 +907,31 @@ msgstr "" "需了解这项信息，因为 DHCP 服务器会在安装过程中直接提供。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:640 +#: preparing.xml:622 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "如果您有一个无线网络，您应该找出：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:645 +#: preparing.xml:627 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "您的无线网络的 ESSID。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:650 +#: preparing.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "WEP 安全 key(如果可用)。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:667 +#: preparing.xml:649 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "满足最低的硬件要求" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:668 +#: preparing.xml:650 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -957,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" "愿以偿，安装上系统。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:674 +#: preparing.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -968,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" "建议的话，多数用户会安装失败。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:680 +#: preparing.xml:662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -978,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "置。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:685 +#: preparing.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -988,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr "" "间就能完成安装。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:690 +#: preparing.xml:672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -998,85 +983,85 @@ msgstr "" "务器的话，建议至少要 132 Mhz 的机器才行。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "推荐的最低系统配置" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "安装类别" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>内存</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "硬盘" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "无桌面的系统" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:710 +#: preparing.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 M" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:711 +#: preparing.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 M" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:713 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "桌面系统" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:714 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 M" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:715 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 G" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:717 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:718 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 M" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 G" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:724 +#: preparing.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1087,13 +1072,13 @@ msgstr "" "考<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:734 +#: preparing.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "常规服务器" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:735 +#: preparing.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1107,13 +1092,13 @@ msgstr "" "的 数据占用的空间。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:747 +#: preparing.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:748 +#: preparing.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1124,13 +1109,13 @@ msgstr "" "包将总共需要约 2G 空间，尽管也可以不用这么多。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:758 +#: preparing.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "工作控制台" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:759 +#: preparing.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1141,13 +1126,13 @@ msgstr "" "电脑或者手持计算机。其所需空间约为 140MB。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:769 +#: preparing.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "开发人员" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:770 +#: preparing.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1160,7 +1145,7 @@ msgstr "" "机器规划出约 800MB 空间。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:780 +#: preparing.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1182,13 +1167,13 @@ msgstr "" "var</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:804 +#: preparing.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "为多重启动系统事先分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:805 +#: preparing.xml:787 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1201,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr "" "间里安置家具，那么这不会对其它房间有任何影响。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:812 +#: preparing.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1213,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" "机。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:818 +#: preparing.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1238,7 +1223,7 @@ msgstr "" "起码，您要为 Debian 的根目录准备一个专用的 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:845 +#: preparing.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1256,7 +1241,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>分区工具软件总会提供一种办法让您查看现有的分区情况，而不作任何改动。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:855 +#: preparing.xml:837 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1270,13 +1255,13 @@ msgstr "" "最好在把挡路的家具都移开，否则就要冒家具被毁坏的危险。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:865 +#: preparing.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:867 +#: preparing.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1289,7 +1274,7 @@ msgstr "" "序自带的分区程序会 漂亮地完成这个任务。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1313,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以有几个办法可选，比如原先系统的安装磁带或 CD。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:889 +#: preparing.xml:871 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1329,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" "情形。比如，分区表中现有分区的顺序问题，这也许会令您不得不在安装前先分好区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:899 +#: preparing.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1340,7 +1325,7 @@ msgstr "" "用 Debian 安装程序中的分区工具来重新调整文件系统的大小。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:905 +#: preparing.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1359,7 +1344,7 @@ msgstr "" "身的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:917 +#: preparing.xml:899 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1372,7 +1357,7 @@ msgstr "" "也可能会怂恿您重新格式化不属于它们自己的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:925 +#: preparing.xml:907 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1382,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "能够 帮您免除这些烦恼。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:930 +#: preparing.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1401,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux 的分区工具来删除当初预留的分区，再用 Linux 的分区取而代之。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:942 +#: preparing.xml:924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1412,13 +1397,13 @@ msgstr "" "希望 能多重启动原有的操作系统和 Debian，那么您就需要：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:931 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "备份计算机里所有的数据。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:954 +#: preparing.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1431,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 MacOS 系统。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:964 +#: preparing.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1441,13 +1426,13 @@ msgstr "" "区，或者腾出一块空闲空间。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:971 +#: preparing.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "把原有的操作系统安装到属于它的新分区上。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:976 +#: preparing.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1456,19 +1441,19 @@ msgstr "" "启动到原有的操作系统，以确保一切正常，再下载 Debian 安装程序的启动文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "启动 Debian 安装程序，并继续安装 Debian。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:996 +#: preparing.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Tru64 UNIX 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:997 +#: preparing.xml:979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1490,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 是在 Linux 里的名称。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1009 +#: preparing.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1511,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" "磁盘。完成安装之后，Tru64 的磁盘分区可以挂载到 Debian 之下。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1022 +#: preparing.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1527,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr "" "会破坏数据。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1031 +#: preparing.xml:1013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1543,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "" "启动脚本里面运行，时间是在用 <command>swapon -a</command> 添加交换分区之前。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1040 +#: preparing.xml:1022 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1554,13 +1539,13 @@ msgstr "" "统类型，UFS 和 AdvFS，而 Linux 只能识别前者。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1031 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Windows NT 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1051 +#: preparing.xml:1033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1581,7 +1566,7 @@ msgstr "" "样做，这个标志会破坏该分区上的信息。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1064 +#: preparing.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1597,13 +1582,13 @@ msgstr "" "有 MILO，或者从其他介质安装，Debian 仍然可以从 ARC 启动。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1081 +#: preparing.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "从 DOS 或 Windows 分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1082 +#: preparing.xml:1064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1616,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 Windows 分区，一般来说，Linux 的分区软件会做得更好。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1090 +#: preparing.xml:1072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1634,13 +1619,13 @@ msgstr "" "此，您可能需要移动硬盘上的 FAT 或 NTFS 分区。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1086 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "在 DOS、Win-32 或者 OS/2 上的无损分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1107 +#: preparing.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1661,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "的尺寸。在多数情况下您毋须使用下面说明的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1119 +#: preparing.xml:1101 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1677,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "交换分区或者放置文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1128 +#: preparing.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1692,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" "内，尽量不要往分区的后部写数据。否则就会减少从能该分区分出去的空间大小。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1137 +#: preparing.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1716,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> 请先做一张启动盘并好好阅读那份文档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1150 +#: preparing.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1735,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "" "VFAT 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1160 +#: preparing.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1747,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>a:\\fips</filename> 然后按照提示操作。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1166 +#: preparing.xml:1148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1757,13 +1742,13 @@ msgstr "" "可供差遣。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1174 +#: preparing.xml:1156 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "为 DOS 分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1779,7 +1764,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 Windows 中发现的各种古怪的错误。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1184 +#: preparing.xml:1166 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1790,19 +1775,19 @@ msgstr "" "运行 DOS 的 <command>format</command> 命令之前，在 Linux 系统中，像这样做：" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1190 +#: preparing.xml:1172 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1201 +#: preparing.xml:1183 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "在 AmigaOS 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1202 +#: preparing.xml:1184 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -1812,13 +1797,13 @@ msgstr "" "整您的分区。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1210 +#: preparing.xml:1192 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "在 Atari TOS 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1211 +#: preparing.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -1837,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "得整个磁盘无法访问。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1222 +#: preparing.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -1851,7 +1836,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> (来自 Hard+Soft GmBH)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1231 +#: preparing.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -1861,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> 菜单中的 <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1237 +#: preparing.xml:1219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -1877,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> 大概是最佳选择。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1247 +#: preparing.xml:1229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -1895,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "" "口。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1259 +#: preparing.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -1910,7 +1895,7 @@ msgstr "" "窗口。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1269 +#: preparing.xml:1251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -1920,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"device-names\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1275 +#: preparing.xml:1257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -1935,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "告诉过您需要备份磁盘上的所有数据，不是吗？)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1287 +#: preparing.xml:1269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -1954,13 +1939,13 @@ msgstr "" "意分区类型的分区编辑器。也许还有其他的，请选择一个符合您要求的工具。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1302 +#: preparing.xml:1284 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "在 MacOS 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1303 +#: preparing.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -1981,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1314 +#: preparing.xml:1296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -1994,13 +1979,13 @@ msgstr "" "从 MkLinux FTP 服务器获得。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1330 +#: preparing.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "在 SunOS 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1332 +#: preparing.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2021,13 +2006,13 @@ msgstr "" "启动 Linux 和 SunOS。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1329 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "从 Linux 或其他 OS 分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1349 +#: preparing.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2047,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "系)格式化过的磁盘，您必须创建新的磁盘标签，不然会有磁盘排列问题出现。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1361 +#: preparing.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2060,13 +2045,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1376 +#: preparing.xml:1358 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "在 MacOS/OSX 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1378 +#: preparing.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2081,7 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Setup</application> 中。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1385 +#: preparing.xml:1367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2092,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "" "无关紧要，在后面的 &debian; 安装程序中，它会被删除并替换。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1391 +#: preparing.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2116,7 +2101,7 @@ msgstr "" "问。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1404 +#: preparing.xml:1386 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2132,13 +2117,13 @@ msgstr "" "系统间共享信息。HFS，HFS+ 和 MS-DOS FAT 分区都能被 MacOS 和 Linux 支持。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1424 +#: preparing.xml:1406 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "安装前的硬件和操作系统的相关设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1425 +#: preparing.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2157,13 +2142,13 @@ msgstr "" "可靠性。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1442 +#: preparing.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "BIOS 设置菜单的使用" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1444 +#: preparing.xml:1426 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2178,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" "经常性的系统崩溃或者根本无法安装 Debian。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2191,25 +2176,25 @@ msgstr "" "quote>) 设置菜单取决于 BIOS 软件的作者是谁：" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1467 +#: preparing.xml:1449 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1468 +#: preparing.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "<keycap>Delete</keycap> 键，在 POST(开机自检) 过程中" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1476 +#: preparing.xml:1458 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1477 +#: preparing.xml:1459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2219,25 +2204,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo>，或 <keycap>Delete</keycap>键，在 POST 过程中" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1486 +#: preparing.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1487 +#: preparing.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "<keycap>Esc</keycap>键，在 POST 过程中" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1494 +#: preparing.xml:1476 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2249,13 +2234,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1509 +#: preparing.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1510 +#: preparing.xml:1492 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2267,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo> 或 <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1526 +#: preparing.xml:1508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2277,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr "" "invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1531 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2293,13 +2278,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1522, index.docbook:1865 #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1542 preparing.xml:1885 +#: preparing.xml:1524 preparing.xml:1867 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "选择引导设备" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1544 +#: preparing.xml:1526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2317,7 +2302,7 @@ msgstr "" "的话，就能让您从软盘或者 CD-ROM 引导。这是安装 Debian 最常用的两个引导设备。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1555 +#: preparing.xml:1537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2329,7 +2314,7 @@ msgstr "" "许从 CD-ROM 引导系统。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1562 +#: preparing.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other popular option is to boot from a USB storage (also called USB memory " @@ -2344,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> 引导。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1570 +#: preparing.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2355,13 +2340,13 @@ msgstr "" "来的启动顺序，这样，您就能像以前一样从硬盘启动了。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1579 +#: preparing.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "修改 IDE 接口计算机的引导顺序" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1582 +#: preparing.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2373,7 +2358,7 @@ msgstr "" "关文档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1589 +#: preparing.xml:1571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2383,19 +2368,19 @@ msgstr "" "有关。不管如何，您要找的是列有驱动器名的栏位。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1594 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "对 IDE 机器而言，列表里常见的表项是 C、A、cdrom 或者 A、C、cdrom。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C 就是硬盘，而 A 则是软驱。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1605 +#: preparing.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2406,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap>或者 <keycap>Page Down</keycap> 键能够循环地选中可能的选项。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2414,20 +2399,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "然后，保存您对设置的修改。屏幕上的提示会告诉您如何才能保存您的配置。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1623 +#: preparing.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "修改 SCSI 接口计算机的引导顺序" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1627 +#: preparing.xml:1609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "当您的计算机启动时，可以按下某些键进入 SCSI 的设置软件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2437,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" "提示的时候，启动 SCSI 设置软件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1638 +#: preparing.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2449,20 +2434,20 @@ msgstr "" "的相关文档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1646 +#: preparing.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "找到用来修改引导顺序的工具软件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1651 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "通过这个工具软件修改设置，让光盘驱动器的 SCSI ID 排在列表的首位。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2472,19 +2457,19 @@ msgstr "" "需要按下 <keycap>F10</keycap>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS 设置的其余项目" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1673 +#: preparing.xml:1655 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "CD-ROM 的设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1674 +#: preparing.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2497,13 +2482,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 的错误提示，那么就有可能是您的设置问题了。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1684 +#: preparing.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "扩展内存与扩充内存" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1685 +#: preparing.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2516,13 +2501,13 @@ msgstr "" "尽量小。Linux 需要使用扩展内存，但无法利用扩充内存。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1695 +#: preparing.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "病毒保护" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1696 +#: preparing.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2534,16 +2519,23 @@ msgid "" "no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a " "catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) " "after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." -msgstr "禁用您的 BIOS 提供的所有病毒警告功能。如果您安装了防病毒卡或是其它特定的硬件，请在运行 GNU/Linux 期间，把它禁用或者拆除。它们与 GNU/Linux 是不兼容的。更进一步说，归功于文件系统的权限管理和 Linux 内核的内存保护机制，病毒已然绝迹<footnote> <para> 在安装完成之后，如果您希望的话也可以重新开启启动扇区保护功能这并不会为 Linux 带来任何额外的安全保护，但如果您还运行着 Windows，它还是有可能帮助您避免一场灾难。在启动管理器安装并设置好之后，就不再需要更动主引导扇区(MBR)了。</para> </footnote>。" +msgstr "" +"禁用您的 BIOS 提供的所有病毒警告功能。如果您安装了防病毒卡或是其它特定的硬" +"件，请在运行 GNU/Linux 期间，把它禁用或者拆除。它们与 GNU/Linux 是不兼容的。" +"更进一步说，归功于文件系统的权限管理和 Linux 内核的内存保护机制，病毒已然绝迹" +"<footnote> <para> 在安装完成之后，如果您希望的话也可以重新开启启动扇区保护功" +"能这并不会为 Linux 带来任何额外的安全保护，但如果您还运行着 Windows，它还是有" +"可能帮助您避免一场灾难。在启动管理器安装并设置好之后，就不再需要更动主引导扇" +"区(MBR)了。</para> </footnote>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1717 +#: preparing.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "内存映像" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1718 +#: preparing.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2565,13 +2557,13 @@ msgstr "" "内存。而继续开启内存映像则有可能妨碍 Linux 存取硬件设备。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1735 +#: preparing.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "内存空洞" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1736 +#: preparing.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2582,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr "" "它。如果您有那么多内存的话，Linux 就会认为在那儿应该能找到内存块。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1742 +#: preparing.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2601,13 +2593,13 @@ msgstr "" "常，否则的话就不行。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1758 +#: preparing.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "高级电源管理" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1759 +#: preparing.xml:1741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2621,13 +2613,13 @@ msgstr "" "器。Linux 可以接管所有这些模式的控制权，而且能比 BIOS 的电源管理做得更好。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1777 +#: preparing.xml:1759 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "固件修订版和已有的 OS 配置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1779 +#: preparing.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2647,13 +2639,13 @@ msgstr "" "BVMBug boot ROM 不属于 BVM 系统的标准配置，但可用从 BVM 免费获取。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1802 +#: preparing.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "使用 OpenFireware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1803 +#: preparing.xml:1785 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2667,7 +2659,7 @@ msgstr "" "关的硬件文档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1811 +#: preparing.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -2684,7 +2676,7 @@ msgstr "" "powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> 了解更多提示。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1820 +#: preparing.xml:1802 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2706,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" "调制解调器端口连接到另外一台电脑上的终端程序来与 OpenFirmware 交互。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1833 +#: preparing.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -2725,13 +2717,13 @@ msgstr "" "bin\"></ulink>。在 MacOS 上解包并运行它，选择保存按钮使固件补丁安装到 nvram。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1852 +#: preparing.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "使用 OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1854 +#: preparing.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -2745,7 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机做很多事情，如诊断，简单脚本，等等。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1862 +#: preparing.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -2764,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>n</keycap> 键得到新风格的提示符。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -2778,7 +2770,7 @@ msgstr "" "档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1887 +#: preparing.xml:1869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -2796,7 +2788,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reference</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1897 +#: preparing.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot device such as " @@ -2835,7 +2827,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1920 +#: preparing.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2864,19 +2856,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 或在 Solaris下执行：" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1939 +#: preparing.xml:1921 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1931 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "BIOS 设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1950 +#: preparing.xml:1932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -2895,7 +2887,7 @@ msgstr "" "程方式使用。这归因于该系统上的 3215/3270 控制台是线型，而不是字符型的。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1962 +#: preparing.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -2913,7 +2905,7 @@ msgstr "" "上的 HMC 启动。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1972 +#: preparing.xml:1954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -2933,13 +2925,13 @@ msgstr "" "再返回本文档查看 Debian 规格的安装步骤。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1989 +#: preparing.xml:1971 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "本地化(Native)和 LPAR 安装" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1990 +#: preparing.xml:1972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -2955,13 +2947,13 @@ msgstr "" "如何为 Linux 建立 LPAR 的部分。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2004 +#: preparing.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "作为一个 VM guest 安装" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2006 +#: preparing.xml:1988 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -2977,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "如何为运行 Linux 建立 VM guest 的部分。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2016 +#: preparing.xml:1998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -2990,13 +2982,13 @@ msgstr "" "是以固定 80 字符记录长度的二近制形式进行传输。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2028 +#: preparing.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "建立安装服务器" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2030 +#: preparing.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3009,7 +3001,7 @@ msgstr "" "HTTP 或 FTP 访问。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2038 +#: preparing.xml:2020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3021,19 +3013,19 @@ msgstr "" "立于体系的文件。您也可以复制所有的安装 CD 到这样的目录树中。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2047 +#: preparing.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2053 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "需要留心的硬件问题" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2054 +#: preparing.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3051,7 +3043,7 @@ msgstr "" "来，当把 CPU 的频率 调回它的标称速度后，问题迎刃而解。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2064 +#: preparing.xml:2046 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3068,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的信号中止运行。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2074 +#: preparing.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3083,7 +3075,7 @@ msgstr "" "description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2086 +#: preparing.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3101,7 +3093,7 @@ msgstr "" "存。另外还可以参阅： <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2097 +#: preparing.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3112,13 +3104,13 @@ msgstr "" "BIOS 的设置里开启相应的选项，好让主板在发现奇偶校验错时发生中断。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2105 +#: preparing.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "加速(Turbo)开关" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3136,13 +3128,13 @@ msgstr "" "会无意中触动加速开关的软件控制。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2119 +#: preparing.xml:2101 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Cyrix 出品的 CPU 和软盘错误" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2120 +#: preparing.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3156,7 +3148,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您继续 禁用的话，系统会变慢 <emphasis>很多</emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2128 +#: preparing.xml:2110 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3169,13 +3161,13 @@ msgstr "" "时，导致高速缓存失效造成的。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2138 +#: preparing.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "外设硬件的设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2139 +#: preparing.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3188,7 +3180,7 @@ msgstr "" "一些有用的提示。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2146 +#: preparing.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3201,13 +3193,13 @@ msgstr "" "中总内存容量后 1 MB 以上的地址。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2157 +#: preparing.xml:2139 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "USB BIOS 支持与键盘" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3225,13 +3217,13 @@ msgstr "" "keyboard support</quote>选项。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2171 +#: preparing.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "大于 64 MB 内存" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2172 +#: preparing.xml:2154 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3239,3 +3231,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Linux 内核有时不能检测出您系统中的内存大小。如果这正符合您的情况，请参阅一下" "<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install additional software (<firstterm>tasks</firstterm> and/or " +#~ "<firstterm>packages</firstterm>), at your discretion." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "选择安装您要使用的其他的软件 (<firstterm>程序单元</firstterm> 和/或 " +#~ "<firstterm>软件包</firstterm>)；" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Upon loading the new base system, <classname>base-config</classname> " +#~ "supervises adding users, setting a time zone (via <classname>tzsetup</" +#~ "classname>), and setting up the package installation system (using " +#~ "<classname>apt-setup</classname>). It then launches <classname>tasksel</" +#~ "classname> which can be used to select large groups of related programs, " +#~ "and in turn can run <classname>aptitude</classname> which allows you to " +#~ "choose individual software packages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在加载新装的基本系统时，<classname>base-config</classname> 指导您添加用" +#~ "户、设置时区(通过 <classname>tzsetup</classname>)，并进行软件包安装系统的" +#~ "配置(使用 <classname>apt-setup</classname>)。然后，它将启动 " +#~ "<classname>tasksel</classname> 程序来安装以相互关系分成的几个大组软件，或" +#~ "者 <classname>aptitude</classname> 程序来让您挑选单独的软件包。" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po index 2090e77dd..070f205b9 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-12-03 10:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-26 15:03+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang <jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@debian.org>\n" @@ -10,285 +10,390 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:16 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Automating the installation using preseeding" msgstr "使用预置自动进行安装" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:18 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in &d-i; to automate your installation." +msgid "" +"This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in " +"&d-i; to automate your installation." msgstr "本附录对 &d-i; 中提问对应的答案进行说明，让安装过程自动化。" -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:411 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preseed file from &urlset-example-preseed;." +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:398 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " +"example preseed file from &urlset-example-preseed;." msgstr "本附录使用的配置片段也放在预置文件 &urlset-example-preseed; 里面。" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:31 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介绍" -#: preseed.xml:32 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions without having to manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some features not available during normal installations." -msgstr "预置提供了一种在安装过程中回答问题无须手动键入答案的途径。这让完全自动进行大多数的安装成为可能，并提供了一些普通安装方式下不具备的特性。" - -#: preseed.xml:39 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Using preseeding it is possible to fill in answers to questions asked during both the first stage of the installation (before the reboot into the new system) and the second stage." -msgstr "在安装过程的第一阶段(重启进入新系统之前)和第二阶段，都可以使用预置来填写问题的答案。" +#: preseed.xml:32 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the " +"installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types " +"of installation and even offers some features not available during normal " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"预置提供了一种在安装过程中回答问题无须手动键入答案的途径。这让完全自动进行大" +"多数的安装成为可能，并提供了一些普通安装方式下不具备的特性。" -#: preseed.xml:48 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:43 +#, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding methods" msgstr "预置方法" -#: preseed.xml:49 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be preseeded because the preseed configuration file is only loaded after they have been asked." -msgstr "一共有三种方法可用于预置: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>，<firstterm>file</firstterm> 和 <firstterm>network</firstterm>。initrd 方法可以用于任何一种安装方式并支持较多的预置内容，但它需要的准备工作也最多。file 和 network 方法分别用于不同的安装方式。在 file 和 network 预置方法中，最初的几个安装问题无法跳过，这是因为只有回答了这些问题才能加载预先准备的配置文件。" - -#: preseed.xml:60 +#: preseed.xml:44 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. " +"Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports " +"preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and " +"network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. " +"With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be " +"preseeded because the preseed configuration file is only loaded after they " +"have been asked." +msgstr "" +"一共有三种方法可用于预置: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>，<firstterm>file</" +"firstterm> 和 <firstterm>network</firstterm>。initrd 方法可以用于任何一种安装" +"方式并支持较多的预置内容，但它需要的准备工作也最多。file 和 network 方法分别" +"用于不同的安装方式。在 file 和 network 预置方法中，最初的几个安装问题无法跳" +"过，这是因为只有回答了这些问题才能加载预先准备的配置文件。" + #. Tag: para -msgid "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which installation methods." +#: preseed.xml:55 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which " +"installation methods." msgstr "下面的表格显示了各种安装方式可选择的预置方法。" -#: preseed.xml:69 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:64 +#, no-c-format msgid "Installation method" msgstr "安装方式" -#: preseed.xml:69 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:64 +#, no-c-format msgid "initrd" msgstr "initrd" -#: preseed.xml:70 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:65 +#, no-c-format msgid "file" msgstr "file" -#: preseed.xml:70 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:65 +#, no-c-format msgid "network" msgstr "network" -#: preseed.xml:76 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:71 +#, no-c-format msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "CD/DVD" -#: preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:82 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:93 preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 preseed.xml:102 preseed.xml:104 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:72 preseed.xml:73 preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:82 +#: preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:94 +#: preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 +#, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>yes</entry>" -#: preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:94 preseed.xml:98 preseed.xml:103 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:74 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:93 +#: preseed.xml:98 +#, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" -#: preseed.xml:81 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:76 +#, no-c-format msgid "netboot" msgstr "网络引导" -#: preseed.xml:86 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +#: preseed.xml:81 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" msgstr "硬盘 <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(包括 U 盘)</phrase>" -#: preseed.xml:91 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:86 +#, no-c-format msgid "floppy based (cd-drivers)" msgstr "基于软盘 (cd-drivers)" -#: preseed.xml:96 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:91 +#, no-c-format msgid "floppy based (net-drivers)" msgstr "基于软盘 (net-drivers)" -#: preseed.xml:101 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:96 +#, no-c-format msgid "generic/tape" msgstr "generic/tape" -#: preseed.xml:110 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which the preseed configuration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been configured." -msgstr "这些预置方法的主要不同之处在于哪一个预置文件被加载和处理。对于 initrd 方法，它是在第一个问题询问之前，开始安装的时候。对于 file 方法，它是在加载 CD 或 CD 映像之后。对 network 方法，它在网络配置完毕之后。" - -#: preseed.xml:119 +#: preseed.xml:105 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also already have been processed." -msgstr "操作时，这意味着 file 和 network 方法仍要询问语言、国家和键盘选择这些问题。对于 network 方法，还有一些关于网络设置方面的问题。另有一些只出现在 medium 或 low 优先级下的问题(就像首次硬件检测)已经处理过。" +msgid "" +"An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which " +"the preseed configuration file is loaded and processed. For initrd " +"preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first " +"question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image " +"has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has " +"been configured." +msgstr "" +"这些预置方法的主要不同之处在于哪一个预置文件被加载和处理。对于 initrd 方法，" +"它是在第一个问题询问之前，开始安装的时候。对于 file 方法，它是在加载 CD 或 " +"CD 映像之后。对 network 方法，它在网络配置完毕之后。" -#: preseed.xml:128 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preseeding configuration file is loaded, cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." -msgstr "显而易见，在加载预置文件之前所需要的过程都不能预置。<xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> 提供了避免这些问题被询问的方法。" +#: preseed.xml:114 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the " +"questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have " +"been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to " +"network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at " +"medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also " +"already have been processed." +msgstr "" +"操作时，这意味着 file 和 network 方法仍要询问语言、国家和键盘选择这些问题。对" +"于 network 方法，还有一些关于网络设置方面的问题。另有一些只出现在 medium 或 " +"low 优先级下的问题(就像首次硬件检测)已经处理过。" -#: preseed.xml:139 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:123 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preseeding " +"configuration file is loaded, cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." +msgstr "" +"显而易见，在加载预置文件之前所需要的过程都不能预置。<xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootparms\"/> 提供了避免这些问题被询问的方法。" + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:134 +#, no-c-format msgid "Limitations" msgstr "限制" -#: preseed.xml:140 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM." -msgstr "虽然使用这种方法能预先设置绝大多数问答，但还是有明显的例外。您必须(重新)分区整个硬盘，或者使用磁盘上的剩余空间; 但无法使用已经存在的分区。当前建立 RAID 和 LVM 也不能使用预置方式来完成。" - -#: preseed.xml:212 +#: preseed.xml:135 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +"there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or " +"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +"partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM." +msgstr "" +"虽然使用这种方法能预先设置绝大多数问答，但还是有明显的例外。您必须(重新)分区" +"整个硬盘，或者使用磁盘上的剩余空间; 但无法使用已经存在的分区。当前建立 RAID " +"和 LVM 也不能使用预置方式来完成。" + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:207 +#, no-c-format msgid "Running custom commands during the installation" msgstr "安装过程中运行用户命令" -#: preseed.xml:213 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "A very powerfull and flexible option offered by the preseeding tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." -msgstr "预置工具的一个强大和灵活的选项，是提供了在安装过程中的一些点上可以运行命令或脚本的能力。详细情况，请參考 <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/>。" - -#: preseed.xml:222 +#: preseed.xml:208 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the the preseeding configuration file has been loaded" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: 在预置文件加载的时候运行" +msgid "" +"A very powerfull and flexible option offered by the preseeding tools is the " +"ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation. " +"See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"预置工具的一个强大和灵活的选项，是提供了在安装过程中的一些点上可以运行命令或" +"脚本的能力。详细情况，请參考 <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/>。" -#: preseed.xml:226 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot at the end of the first stage of the installation, but before the <filename>/target</filename> filesystem has been unmounted" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: 在安装的第一阶段结束的时候，重新启动之前运行，而且是在 <filename>/target</filename> 文件系统卸载之前" - -#: preseed.xml:231 +#: preseed.xml:217 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: is run early in the second stage of the installation when <command>base-config</command> is starting up" -msgstr "<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: 在安装的第二阶段，<command>base-config</command> 启动之前运行" +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the the " +"preseeding configuration file has been loaded" +msgstr "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: 在预置文件加载的时候运行" -#: preseed.xml:235 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: is run at the end of <command>base-config</command>, just before the login prompt" -msgstr "<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: 在 <command>base-config</command> 结束的时候，login 提示符出现之前运行" +#: preseed.xml:221 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot " +"at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> " +"filesystem has been unmounted" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: 在安装的第一阶段结束的时候，重新" +"启动之前运行，而且是在 <filename>/target</filename> 文件系统卸载之前" -#: preseed.xml:244 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:231 +#, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to change default values" msgstr "使用预置修改默认值" -#: preseed.xml:245 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a template." -msgstr "使用预置也可以用来修改问题的默认答案，但仍会有问题提出。这样做时，在为模板赋值之后，<firstterm>seen</firstterm> 旗标必须重置为 <quote>false</quote>。" - -#: preseed.xml:254 +#: preseed.xml:232 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " +"question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</" +"firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the " +"value for a template." +msgstr "" +"使用预置也可以用来修改问题的默认答案，但仍会有问题提出。这样做时，在为模板赋" +"值之后，<firstterm>seen</firstterm> 旗标必须重置为 <quote>false</quote>。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:241 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "d-i foo/bar string value\n" - "d-i foo/bar seen false" +"d-i foo/bar string value\n" +"d-i foo/bar seen false" msgstr "" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" "d-i foo/bar seen false" -#: preseed.xml:260 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:247 +#, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding" msgstr "使用预置" -#: preseed.xml:261 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Of course you will first need to create a preseed file and place it in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preseed file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preseed file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." -msgstr "毫无疑问，您首先要创建一个预置文件，并将它至于您希望使用的地方。创建预置文件在后面的附录中有说明。如果您打算使用网络预置或者从软盘或 U 盘读取，直接将它放到那里就可以了。如果您希望将它放到 CD 活 DVD 上面，那就需要重新制作一个 ISO 映像文件。而如何将预置文件包含到 initrd 里面，这部分内容超出了本文档的范围；请查询 debian-installer 的开发者文档。" - -#: preseed.xml:272 +#: preseed.xml:248 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "An example preseed file that you can use as basis for your preseed file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." -msgstr "有一个预置文件的例子放在 &urlset-example-preseed;，您可以拿它作为自己预置文件的基础。此文件基于本附录所列的配置文件片段。" +msgid "" +"Of course you will first need to create a preseed file and place it in the " +"location from where you want to use it. Creating the preseed file is covered " +"later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly " +"straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a " +"floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you " +"will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preseed file included in " +"the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the " +"developers documentation for &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"毫无疑问，您首先要创建一个预置文件，并将它至于您希望使用的地方。创建预置文件" +"在后面的附录中有说明。如果您打算使用网络预置或者从软盘或 U 盘读取，直接将它放" +"到那里就可以了。如果您希望将它放到 CD 活 DVD 上面，那就需要重新制作一个 ISO " +"映像文件。而如何将预置文件包含到 initrd 里面，这部分内容超出了本文档的范围；" +"请查询 debian-installer 的开发者文档。" -#: preseed.xml:281 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:259 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"An example preseed file that you can use as basis for your preseed file is " +"available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the " +"configuration fragments included in this appendix." +msgstr "" +"有一个预置文件的例子放在 &urlset-example-preseed;，您可以拿它作为自己预置文件" +"的基础。此文件基于本附录所列的配置文件片段。" + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:268 +#, no-c-format msgid "Loading the preseed file" msgstr "加载预置文件" -#: preseed.xml:282 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and load it." -msgstr "如果使用 initrd 预置，您只需确保一个名为 <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> 的文件包含在 initrd 的根目录里面。安装程序会自动检测并加载。" - -#: preseed.xml:289 +#: preseed.xml:269 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to use when you boot it. This is done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." -msgstr "其他的预置方法，您需要在启动的时候告诉安装程序所使用的文件。这通过给内核传递引导参数完成，可以在启动时手动指定或者编辑启动加载器的配置文件(例如，<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>)，并在内核附加行末添加参数。" +msgid "" +"If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named " +"<filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the " +"initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and " +"load it." +msgstr "" +"如果使用 initrd 预置，您只需确保一个名为 <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> 的" +"文件包含在 initrd 的根目录里面。安装程序会自动检测并加载。" -#: preseed.xml:297 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you do specify the preseed file in the bootloader configuration, you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to 1 in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." -msgstr "如果在引导加载器里指定预置文件，可以修改配置让您不再需要键入回车启动安装程序。对于 syslinux，这意味着在 <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> 里面设置 timeout 为 1。" - -#: preseed.xml:304 +#: preseed.xml:276 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to " +"use when you boot it. This is done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, " +"either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file " +"(e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end " +"of the append line(s) for the kernel." +msgstr "" +"其他的预置方法，您需要在启动的时候告诉安装程序所使用的文件。这通过给内核传递" +"引导参数完成，可以在启动时手动指定或者编辑启动加载器的配置文件(例如，" +"<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>)，并在内核附加行末添加参数。" + #. Tag: para -msgid "To make sure the installer gets the right preseed file, you can optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if specified it must match the preseed file or the installer will refuse to use it." -msgstr "为了保证安装程序得到正确的预置文件，您可以选择性地为预置文件指定校验和。当前使用 md5sum，如果指定了，配置文件必须匹配，否则安装程序将拒绝使用它。" +#: preseed.xml:284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you do specify the preseed file in the bootloader configuration, you " +"might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the " +"installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to 1 in " +"<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgstr "" +"如果在引导加载器里指定预置文件，可以修改配置让您不再需要键入回车启动安装程" +"序。对于 syslinux，这意味着在 <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> 里面设置 " +"timeout 为 1。" -#: preseed.xml:312 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:291 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To make sure the installer gets the right preseed file, you can optionally " +"specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if " +"specified it must match the preseed file or the installer will refuse to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"为了保证安装程序得到正确的预置文件，您可以选择性地为预置文件指定校验和。当前" +"使用 md5sum，如果指定了，配置文件必须匹配，否则安装程序将拒绝使用它。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:299 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "Boot parameters to specify:\n" - "- if you're netbooting:\n" - " preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed.cfg\n" - " preseed/url/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" - "\n" - "- if you're booting a remastered CD:\n" - " preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed.cfg\n" - " preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" - "\n" - "- if you're installing from USB media (put the preseed file in the\n" - " toplevel directory of the USB stick):\n" - " preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg\n" - " preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d" +"Boot parameters to specify:\n" +"- if you're netbooting:\n" +" preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed.cfg\n" +" preseed/url/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" +"\n" +"- if you're booting a remastered CD:\n" +" preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed.cfg\n" +" preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" +"\n" +"- if you're installing from USB media (put the preseed file in the\n" +" toplevel directory of the USB stick):\n" +" preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg\n" +" preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d" msgstr "" "Boot parameters to specify:\n" "- if you're netbooting:\n" @@ -304,163 +409,230 @@ msgstr "" " preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg\n" " preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d" -#: preseed.xml:314 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>debconf/priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some." -msgstr "编辑的时候，您也许需要添加一个引导参数 <userinput>debconf/priority=critical</userinput>。它会避免过多的问题，即使下面的预置漏了一些。" - -#: preseed.xml:324 +#: preseed.xml:301 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>debconf/" +"priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions even if the " +"preseeding below misses some." +msgstr "" +"编辑的时候，您也许需要添加一个引导参数 <userinput>debconf/priority=critical</" +"userinput>。它会避免过多的问题，即使下面的预置漏了一些。" + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:311 +#, no-c-format msgid "Using boot parameters to supplement preseeding" msgstr "使用引导参数支持预置" -#: preseed.xml:325 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the installation process." -msgstr "有些形式的预置，安装过程的一些部分无法自动进行，因为这些问题是在预置文件加载之前询问的。例如，如果预置文件从网络下载，首先需要设置网络。采用 initrd 预置的一个原因正是它可以设置安装过程的这些前期步骤。" - -#: preseed.xml:334 +#: preseed.xml:312 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." -msgstr "如果预置文件无法设置一些步骤，安装也可以完全自动进行，这是因为您可以在命令行上为内核传递预置的值。只需按 <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> 形式传递例子中的这些预置值。" +msgid "" +"Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms " +"of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preseed file is " +"loaded. For example, if the preseed file is downloaded over the network, the " +"network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd preseeding is " +"that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the installation " +"process." +msgstr "" +"有些形式的预置，安装过程的一些部分无法自动进行，因为这些问题是在预置文件加载" +"之前询问的。例如，如果预置文件从网络下载，首先需要设置网络。采用 initrd 预置" +"的一个原因正是它可以设置安装过程的这些前期步骤。" -#: preseed.xml:342 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options." -msgstr "对于 2.4 内核，它最多可以接受 8 个命令行选项和 8 个环境变量选项(包括安装程序使用的默认选项)。如果超出，2.4 内核将丢弃多余部分，但 2.6 内核会崩溃。2.6.9 以后的内核，您可以指定 32 个命令行选项和 32 个环境变量选项。" - -#: preseed.xml:351 +#: preseed.xml:321 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can " +"still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel on " +"the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> for any " +"of the preseed variables listed in the examples." +msgstr "" +"如果预置文件无法设置一些步骤，安装也可以完全自动进行，这是因为您可以在命令行" +"上为内核传递预置的值。只需按 <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> 形式传" +"递例子中的这些预置值。" + #. Tag: para -msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like 'vga=normal', may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." -msgstr "大多数安装过程，在引导配置文件中一些默认的选项，比如 'vga=normal'，可以放心地删除，这让您可以添加更多的预置选项。" +#: preseed.xml:329 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " +"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " +"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " +"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options." +msgstr "" +"对于 2.4 内核，它最多可以接受 8 个命令行选项和 8 个环境变量选项(包括安装程序" +"使用的默认选项)。如果超出，2.4 内核将丢弃多余部分，但 2.6 内核会崩溃。2.6.9 " +"以后的内核，您可以指定 32 个命令行选项和 32 个环境变量选项。" -#: preseed.xml:358 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:338 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " +"configuration file, like 'vga=normal', may be safely removed which may allow " +"you to add more options for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"大多数安装过程，在引导配置文件中一些默认的选项，比如 'vga=normal'，可以放心地" +"删除，这让您可以添加更多的预置选项。" + #. Tag: para -msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." +#: preseed.xml:345 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " +"parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." msgstr "引导参数中即使使用引号，也可能无法夹杂空格。" -#: preseed.xml:368 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:355 +#, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preseed file" msgstr "创建预置文件" -#: preseed.xml:369 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command." -msgstr "预先配置文件是 <command>debconf-set-selections</command> 命令使用的格式。" - -#: preseed.xml:377 +#: preseed.xml:356 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" +"selections</command> command." +msgstr "" +"预先配置文件是 <command>debconf-set-selections</command> 命令使用的格式。" + #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:364 +#, no-c-format msgid "File format" msgstr "文件格式" -#: preseed.xml:380 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:367 +#, no-c-format msgid "Only single space allowed between template type and value" msgstr "在模板类型和值之间只允许一个空格" -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:370 +#, no-c-format msgid "Relation with /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" msgstr "与 /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates 关联" -#: preseed.xml:386 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:373 +#, no-c-format msgid "Types of templates and how to provide values for them" msgstr "模板类型和如何给他们赋值" -#: preseed.xml:389 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:376 +#, no-c-format msgid "Most values need to be in English or codes" msgstr "大多数值需要使用英文或编码" -#: preseed.xml:392 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:379 +#, no-c-format msgid "Using a manual installation as base" msgstr "使用手动安装作为基础" -#: preseed.xml:395 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:382 +#, no-c-format msgid "Finding other possible values" msgstr "寻找其他可能的值" -#: preseed.xml:400 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "To check if the format of your preseed file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." -msgstr "为了在安装之前测试您的预置文件是否有效，您可以使用 <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command> 命令。" - -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:387 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To check if the format of your preseed file is valid before performing an " +"install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c " +"<replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgstr "" +"为了在安装之前测试您的预置文件是否有效，您可以使用 <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command> 命令。" + #. Tag: title -msgid "Preseeding the first stage of the installation" -msgstr "为安装的第一阶段预置" +#: preseed.xml:397 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Contents of the preseed file" +msgstr "加载预置文件" -#: preseed.xml:416 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." -msgstr "请注意，这里的例子是基于 Intel x86 架构的安装过程。如果您安装到其他架构，其中的一些例子(像键盘选择和引导加载器安装)可能不恰当，需要用适合您架构的 debconf 设置替换。" - -#: preseed.xml:427 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " +"architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the " +"examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be " +"relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"请注意，这里的例子是基于 Intel x86 架构的安装过程。如果您安装到其他架构，其中" +"的一些例子(像键盘选择和引导加载器安装)可能不恰当，需要用适合您架构的 debconf " +"设置替换。" + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:414 +#, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "本地化" -#: preseed.xml:428 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preseed file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." -msgstr "设置本地只适用于使用 initrd 预置。其他方式下这些问题是在询问之后加载的。" - -#: preseed.xml:434 +#: preseed.xml:415 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>debian-installer/locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "本地可以指定语言和国家。要在引导参数上指定本地，使用 <userinput>debian-installer/locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>。" +msgid "" +"Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " +"preseeding. With all other methods the preseed file will only be loaded " +"after these questions have been asked." +msgstr "" +"设置本地只适用于使用 initrd 预置。其他方式下这些问题是在询问之后加载的。" -#: preseed.xml:440 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:421 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " +"locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>debian-installer/" +"locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"本地可以指定语言和国家。要在引导参数上指定本地，使用 <userinput>debian-" +"installer/locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:427 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# Locale sets language and country.\n" - "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" +"# Locale sets language and country.\n" +"d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" msgstr "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" -#: preseed.xml:442 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid for the selected keyboard architecture." -msgstr "键盘设置由键盘体系和键映射(keymap)组成。大多数情况下，默认可以选择正确的键盘体系，因此通常不必预置。键映射必须对所选择的键盘体系有效。" - -#: preseed.xml:449 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " +"keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by " +"default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid " +"for the selected keyboard architecture." +msgstr "" +"键盘设置由键盘体系和键映射(keymap)组成。大多数情况下，默认可以选择正确的键盘" +"体系，因此通常不必预置。键映射必须对所选择的键盘体系有效。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:436 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# Keyboard selection.\n" - "#d-i console-tools/archs select at\n" - "d-i console-keymaps-at/keymap select us\n" - "# Example for a different keyboard architecture\n" - "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" +"# Keyboard selection.\n" +"#d-i console-tools/archs select at\n" +"d-i console-keymaps-at/keymap select us\n" +"# Example for a different keyboard architecture\n" +"#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" msgstr "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" "#d-i console-tools/archs select at\n" @@ -468,60 +640,76 @@ msgstr "" "# Example for a different keyboard architecture\n" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" -#: preseed.xml:451 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "To skip keyboard configuration preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." -msgstr "使用 <userinput>skip-config</userinput> 可以跳过键盘预置 <classname>console-tools/archs</classname>。这将导致内核键映射保持活动。" - -#: preseed.xml:460 +#: preseed.xml:438 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." -msgstr "2.6 内核的输入层的变更实际上让键盘体系已经作废。对于 2.6 内核，通常应该选择 <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap。" +msgid "" +"To skip keyboard configuration preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" +"classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the " +"kernel keymap remaining active." +msgstr "" +"使用 <userinput>skip-config</userinput> 可以跳过键盘预置 <classname>console-" +"tools/archs</classname>。这将导致内核键映射保持活动。" -#: preseed.xml:470 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:447 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " +"architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</" +"quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." +msgstr "" +"2.6 内核的输入层的变更实际上让键盘体系已经作废。对于 2.6 内核，通常应该选择 " +"<quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap。" + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:457 +#, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "网络设置" -#: preseed.xml:471 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preseed file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preseed files from the network, you can pass network config parameters in using kernel boot parameters." -msgstr "显而易见，预置网络设置对于从网络加载预置文件无效。但对从 CD 和 U 盘引导很有帮助。如果您计划从网络加载预置文件，应该使用传递网络设置给内核引导参数的方式。" - -#: preseed.xml:481 +#: preseed.xml:458 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " +"your preseed file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from " +"CD or USB stick. If you are loading preseed files from the network, you can " +"pass network config parameters in using kernel boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"显而易见，预置网络设置对于从网络加载预置文件无效。但对从 CD 和 U 盘引导很有帮" +"助。如果您计划从网络加载预置文件，应该使用传递网络设置给内核引导参数的方式。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:468 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" - "# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" - "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" - "\n" - "# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" - "# it, this might be useful.\n" - "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" - "\n" - "# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" - "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" - "#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" - "#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" - "#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" - "#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" - "#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" - "\n" - "# Any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take precedence over\n" - "# values set here. However, setting the values still prevents the questions\n" - "# from being shown, even if values come from dhcp.\n" - "d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" - "d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" - "\n" - "# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" - "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" - "# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" - "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" +"# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" +"# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" +"d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" +"\n" +"# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" +"# it, this might be useful.\n" +"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" +"\n" +"# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" +"#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" +"#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" +"#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" +"#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" +"#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" +"#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" +"\n" +"# Any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take precedence over\n" +"# values set here. However, setting the values still prevents the questions\n" +"# from being shown, even if values come from dhcp.\n" +"d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" +"d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" +"\n" +"# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" +"d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" +"# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" +"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" msgstr "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" "# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" @@ -550,43 +738,61 @@ msgstr "" "# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" -#: preseed.xml:486 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:473 +#, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "镜像设置" -#: preseed.xml:487 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may used both to download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." -msgstr "根据您使用的安装方式，镜像可用于下载安装程序的额外组件，基本系统以及为安装好的系统建立 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>。" - -#: preseed.xml:494 +#: preseed.xml:474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." -msgstr "参数 <classname>mirror/suite</classname> 决定了安装好的系统使用的套件。" +msgid "" +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may used both to " +"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " +"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"根据您使用的安装方式，镜像可用于下载安装程序的额外组件，基本系统以及为安装好" +"的系统建立 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>。" -#: preseed.xml:499 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." -msgstr "参数 <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> 决定安装程序使用的额外组件的套件。它只在组件通过网络下载并与安装时使用的 initrd 建立套件相匹配时才有效。默认情况下，<classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> 与 <classname>mirror/suite</classname> 的值相同。" +#: preseed.xml:481 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" +"参数 <classname>mirror/suite</classname> 决定了安装好的系统使用的套件。" -#: preseed.xml:511 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:486 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " +"for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this " +"if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the " +"suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for " +"the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</" +"classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +msgstr "" +"参数 <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> 决定安装程序使用的额外组件的套" +"件。它只在组件通过网络下载并与安装时使用的 initrd 建立套件相匹配时才有效。默" +"认情况下，<classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> 与 <classname>mirror/" +"suite</classname> 的值相同。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:498 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" - "d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" - "d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" - "d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" - "\n" - "# Suite to install.\n" - "#d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" - "# Suite to use for loading installer components (optional).\n" - "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" +"d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" +"d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +"d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" +"d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" +"\n" +"# Suite to install.\n" +"#d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" +"# Suite to use for loading installer components (optional).\n" +"#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" msgstr "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" "d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" @@ -598,76 +804,93 @@ msgstr "" "# Suite to use for loading installer components (optional).\n" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" -#: preseed.xml:516 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:503 +#, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "分区" -#: preseed.xml:517 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preseed file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to set up RAID or LVM." -msgstr "使用预置分区硬盘受限于 <classname>partman-auto</classname> 提供的支持。您可以选择使用磁盘上已有的空闲分区或者整个磁盘。磁盘的布局将取决于所使用的预定义处方，自定义的处方文件或包含于预置文件的处方。当前还不能使用预置来配置多个磁盘来建立 RAID 或 LVM。" - -#: preseed.xml:529 +#: preseed.xml:504 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." -msgstr "磁盘的标识基于对应驱动加载的次序。如果系统里面有多个磁盘，要确定预置使用了正确的那一个。" +msgid "" +"Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " +"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " +"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " +"recipe file or a recipe included in the preseed file. It is currently not " +"possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to set up RAID or " +"LVM." +msgstr "" +"使用预置分区硬盘受限于 <classname>partman-auto</classname> 提供的支持。您可以" +"选择使用磁盘上已有的空闲分区或者整个磁盘。磁盘的布局将取决于所使用的预定义处" +"方，自定义的处方文件或包含于预置文件的处方。当前还不能使用预置来配置多个磁盘" +"来建立 RAID 或 LVM。" -#: preseed.xml:537 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:516 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " +"are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the " +"correct one will be selected before using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"磁盘的标识基于对应驱动加载的次序。如果系统里面有多个磁盘，要确定预置使用了正" +"确的那一个。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:524 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" - "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" - "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" - "\n" - "# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" - "# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" - "# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" - "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" - "\n" - "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" - "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" - " select All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" - "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" - "# select Separate /home partition\n" - "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" - "# select Separate /home, /usr, /var, and /tmp partitions\n" - "\n" - "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" - "# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" - "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" - "# just point at it.\n" - "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" - "\n" - "# If not, you can put an entire recipe the preseed file in one (logical)\n" - "# line. This example creates a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and\n" - "# uses the rest of the space for the root partition:\n" - "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" - "# boot-root :: \\\n" - "# 40 50 100 ext3 \\\n" - "# $primary{ } $bootable{ } \\\n" - "# method{ format } format{ } \\\n" - "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } \\\n" - "# mountpoint{ /boot } \\\n" - "# . \\\n" - "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 \\\n" - "# method{ format } format{ } \\\n" - "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } \\\n" - "# mountpoint{ / } \\\n" - "# . \\\n" - "# 64 512 300% linux-swap \\\n" - "# method{ swap } format{ } \\\n" - "# .\n" - "\n" - "# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" - "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" - "d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" - " select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" - "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +"# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" +"# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" +"\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" +"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" +"# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" +"d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" +"\n" +"# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" +"d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" +" select All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" +"# select Separate /home partition\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" +"# select Separate /home, /usr, /var, and /tmp partitions\n" +"\n" +"# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" +"# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" +"# just point at it.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" +"\n" +"# If not, you can put an entire recipe the preseed file in one (logical)\n" +"# line. This example creates a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and\n" +"# uses the rest of the space for the root partition:\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# boot-root :: \\\n" +"# 40 50 100 ext3 \\\n" +"# $primary{ } $bootable{ } \\\n" +"# method{ format } format{ } \\\n" +"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } \\\n" +"# mountpoint{ /boot } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 \\\n" +"# method{ format } format{ } \\\n" +"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } \\\n" +"# mountpoint{ / } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% linux-swap \\\n" +"# method{ swap } format{ } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" msgstr "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" @@ -687,7 +910,8 @@ msgstr "" "# select Separate /home, /usr, /var, and /tmp partitions\n" "\n" "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" "# just point at it.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" @@ -718,22 +942,22 @@ msgstr "" " select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" -#: preseed.xml:542 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:529 +#, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "时钟与时区设置" -#: preseed.xml:544 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:531 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" - "d-i clock-setup/utc boolean true\n" - "\n" - "# You may set this to any valid setting for $TZ; see the contents of\n" - "# /usr/share/zoneinfo/ for valid values.\n" - "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" +"# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" +"d-i clock-setup/utc boolean true\n" +"\n" +"# You may set this to any valid setting for $TZ; see the contents of\n" +"# /usr/share/zoneinfo/ for valid values.\n" +"d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" msgstr "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" "d-i clock-setup/utc boolean true\n" @@ -742,69 +966,90 @@ msgstr "" "# /usr/share/zoneinfo/ for valid values.\n" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" -#: preseed.xml:549 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:536 +#, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "设置 apt" -#: preseed.xml:550 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. Only the two variables below are relevant for preseeding." -msgstr "设置 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> 和其他的基本设置将自动基于您使用的安装方式和前面回答的问题。只有下面两个变量与预置有关。" +#: preseed.xml:537 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " +"configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method " +"and answers to earlier questions. Only the three variables below are " +"relevant for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"设置 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> 和其他的基本设置将自动基于您" +"使用的安装方式和前面回答的问题。只有下面两个变量与预置有关。" -#: preseed.xml:558 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:545 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" - "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" - "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" - "#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true" +"# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" +"#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" +"#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" +"# To avoid adding security sources, or to use a different server\n" +"# than security.debian.org.\n" +"#d-i apt-setup/security_host string" msgstr "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" "#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true" -#: preseed.xml:563 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:550 +#, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "帐号设置" -#: preseed.xml:564 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "root 帐号的密码和第一个普通用户的名字和密码都可以预置。您可以给密码使用纯文本或 MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis> 值。" - -#: preseed.xml:571 +#: preseed.xml:551 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preseed file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "要知道预置密码并不安全，每个可以访问预置文件的用户都可以看到这些密码。使用 MD5 hashes 相对安全一些，但也会造成安全的假象，MD5 hash 也可以被暴力破解。" +msgid "" +"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " +"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " +"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"root 帐号的密码和第一个普通用户的名字和密码都可以预置。您可以给密码使用纯文本" +"或 MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis> 值。" -#: preseed.xml:581 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:558 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " +"access to the preseed file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using " +"MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might " +"also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute " +"force attacks." +msgstr "" +"要知道预置密码并不安全，每个可以访问预置文件的用户都可以看到这些密码。使用 " +"MD5 hashes 相对安全一些，但也会造成安全的假象，MD5 hash 也可以被暴力破解。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:568 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# Root password, either in clear text\n" - "#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" - "#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" - "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" - "#passwd passwd/root-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" - "\n" - "# Skip creation of a normal user account.\n" - "#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" - "\n" - "# Alternatively, create a normal user account.\n" - "#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" - "#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" - "# Normal user's password, either in clear text\n" - "#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" - "#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" - "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" - "#passwd passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" +"# Root password, either in clear text\n" +"#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" +"#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" +"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" +"#passwd passwd/root-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" +"\n" +"# Skip creation of a normal user account.\n" +"#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" +"\n" +"# Alternatively, create a normal user account.\n" +"#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" +"#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" +"# Normal user's password, either in clear text\n" +"#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" +"#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" +"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" +"#passwd passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" msgstr "" "# Root password, either in clear text\n" "#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" @@ -824,61 +1069,57 @@ msgstr "" "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" "#passwd passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" -#: preseed.xml:583 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternate method is setup to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or sudo)." -msgstr "<classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> 和 <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> 值可以使用 <quote>!</quote> 作为他们的预置值。这种情况下，对应的帐号关闭。它常用于 root 帐号，用其他替代方法允许管理或 root 登录(例如使用 SSH key 认证或 sudo)。" - -#: preseed.xml:593 +#: preseed.xml:570 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " +"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " +"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " +"account, provided of course that an alternate method is setup to allow " +"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " +"authentication or sudo)." +msgstr "" +"<classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> 和 <classname>passwd/" +"user-password-crypted</classname> 值可以使用 <quote>!</quote> 作为他们的预置" +"值。这种情况下，对应的帐号关闭。它常用于 root 帐号，用其他替代方法允许管理或 " +"root 登录(例如使用 SSH key 认证或 sudo)。" + #. Tag: para -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." +#: preseed.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "密码的 MD5 hash 可以用下面命令产生。" -#: preseed.xml:597 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:584 +#, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" -#: preseed.xml:603 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:590 +#, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "安装引导加载器" -#: preseed.xml:605 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:592 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" - "# instead, uncomment this:\n" - "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" - "\n" - "# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" - "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" - "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" - "\n" - "# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other OS\n" - "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" - "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" - "\n" - "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" - "# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" - "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" - "#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" - "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" -msgstr "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other OS\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +"OS\n" "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -887,186 +1128,183 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" "#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" - -#: preseed.xml:610 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: title -msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" -msgstr "完成第一阶段安装" - -#: preseed.xml:612 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen -msgid "" - "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" - "d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" - "\n" - "# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" - "# which is useful in some situations.\n" - "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" msgstr "" -"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" -"\n" -"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" -"# which is useful in some situations.\n" -"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" - -#: preseed.xml:618 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: title -msgid "Preseeding the second stage of the installation" -msgstr "为安装的第二阶段预置" - -#: preseed.xml:621 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: title -msgid "Base config" -msgstr "基本设置" - -#: preseed.xml:623 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen -msgid "" - "# Avoid the introductory message.\n" - "base-config base-config/intro note\n" - "\n" - "# Avoid the final message.\n" - "base-config base-config/login note\n" - "\n" - "# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it immediately\n" - "# after base-config finishes.\n" - "#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" - "\n" - "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" - "# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" - "# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" - "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" -msgstr "" -"# Avoid the introductory message.\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" +"# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" +"# instead, uncomment this:\n" +"#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Avoid the final message.\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" +"# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" +"d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it immediately\n" -"# after base-config finishes.\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +"OS\n" +"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" -"# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" -"# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" +"# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" +"# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" +"#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" +"#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" +"#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" -#: preseed.xml:628 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:597 +#, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "选择软件包" -#: preseed.xml:629 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" +#: preseed.xml:598 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " +"Available tasks as of this writing include:" msgstr "您可以选择安装存在的任务的组合。写这篇文章时已有的任务是：" -#: preseed.xml:638 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:607 +#, no-c-format msgid "Standard system" msgstr "标准系统" -#: preseed.xml:641 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:610 +#, no-c-format msgid "Desktop environment" msgstr "桌面环境" -#: preseed.xml:644 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:613 +#, no-c-format msgid "Web server" msgstr "web 服务器" -#: preseed.xml:647 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:616 +#, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "打印服务器" -#: preseed.xml:650 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:619 +#, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS 服务器" -#: preseed.xml:653 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:622 +#, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "文件服务器" -#: preseed.xml:656 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:625 +#, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "邮件服务器" -#: preseed.xml:659 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:628 +#, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL 数据库" -#: preseed.xml:662 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:631 +#, no-c-format msgid "Laptop" msgstr "便携机" -#: preseed.xml:665 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput -msgid "manual package selection" -msgstr "手动选择软件包" - -#: preseed.xml:669 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The last of these will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>Standard system</userinput> task." -msgstr "最后一项将执行 apitutde。您可以不选任务，并用其他方法安装一系列软件包。我们推荐选上 <userinput>基本系统</userinput> 任务。" +#: preseed.xml:635 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " +"of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the " +"<userinput>Standard system</userinput> task." +msgstr "" +"最后一项将执行 apitutde。您可以不选任务，并用其他方法安装一系列软件包。我们推" +"荐选上 <userinput>基本系统</userinput> 任务。" -#: preseed.xml:677 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:643 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" - "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" - "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" -msgstr "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" +"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server\n" +"\n" +"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what software you have\n" +"# installed, and what software you ue. The default is not to report back,\n" +"# but sending reports helps the project determine what software is most\n" +"# popular and include it on CDs.\n" +"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" +msgstr "" +"# Avoid the introductory message.\n" +"base-config base-config/intro note\n" +"\n" +"# Avoid the final message.\n" +"base-config base-config/login note\n" +"\n" +"# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " +"immediately\n" +"# after base-config finishes.\n" +"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" +"\n" +"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" +"# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" +"# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" +"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" -#: preseed.xml:682 +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:648 #, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" +msgstr "完成第一阶段安装" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:650 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" +"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" +"\n" +"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" +"# which is useful in some situations.\n" +"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" +msgstr "" +"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" +"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" +"\n" +"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" +"# which is useful in some situations.\n" +"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:655 +#, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "邮件设置" -#: preseed.xml:683 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." -msgstr "普通安装方式下，exim 会问一些问题。这里是避免的方法。也可以有更多的预置内容。" - -#: preseed.xml:690 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " +"even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." +msgstr "" +"普通安装方式下，exim 会问一些问题。这里是避免的方法。也可以有更多的预置内容。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:663 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" - " select no configuration at this time\n" - "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" - "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" - "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" +"exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" +" select no configuration at this time\n" +"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +"exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" " select no configuration at this time\n" @@ -1074,42 +1312,48 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" -#: preseed.xml:695 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:668 +#, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "设置 X" -#: preseed.xml:696 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." -msgstr "您可以给 Debian 设置 X，但需要了解机器上视频硬件的详细资料，这是因为 Debian 的 X 配置工具无法自动设置每一件事。" - -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:669 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " +"details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X " +"configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." +msgstr "" +"您可以给 Debian 设置 X，但需要了解机器上视频硬件的详细资料，这是因为 Debian " +"的 X 配置工具无法自动设置每一件事。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:677 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" - "# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" - "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" - "\n" - "# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" - "# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility of\n" - "# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" - "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" - "\n" - "# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" - "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" - "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" - "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" - "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" - "# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may not\n" - "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" - "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" - " select medium\n" - "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" - " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" +"# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" +"# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" +"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" +"\n" +"# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" +"# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility of\n" +"# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" +"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" +"\n" +"# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" +"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" +"# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" +"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" +"# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" +"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +"not\n" +"# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" +"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" +" select medium\n" +"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" +" select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" msgstr "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" "# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" @@ -1125,30 +1369,31 @@ msgstr "" "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may not\n" +"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +"not\n" "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" " select medium\n" "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" -#: preseed.xml:709 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:682 +#, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "预置其他的软件包" -#: preseed.xml:711 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:684 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" - "# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" - "# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" - "# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" - "# installation, and then run these commands:\n" - "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" - "# debconf-get-selections >> file" +"# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" +"# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" +"# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" +"# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" +"# installation, and then run these commands:\n" +"# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" +"# debconf-get-selections >> file" msgstr "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" "# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" @@ -1158,45 +1403,38 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" -#: preseed.xml:717 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:690 +#, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "高级选项" -#: preseed.xml:720 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:693 +#, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "shell 命令" -#: preseed.xml:722 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:695 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" - "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" - "# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" - "# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" - "# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, here's\n" - "# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" - "# automatically.\n" - "\n" - "# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" - "# preseeding is read.\n" - "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" - "\n" - "# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" - "# still a usable /target directory.\n" - "#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" - "\n" - "# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" - "#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" - "\n" - "# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" - "# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or to\n" - "# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" - "#base-config base-config/late_command \\\n" - "# string apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh" +"# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" +"# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" +"# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" +"# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, here's\n" +"# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" +"# automatically.\n" +"\n" +"# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" +"# preseeding is read.\n" +"#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" +"\n" +"# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" +"# still a usable /target directory. You can chroot to /target and use it\n" +"# directly, or use the apt-install and in-target commands to easily install\n" +"# packages and run commands in the target system.\n" +"#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" "# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" @@ -1222,37 +1460,45 @@ msgstr "" "#base-config base-config/late_command \\\n" "# string apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh" -#: preseed.xml:727 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:700 +#, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preseed files" msgstr "预置文件链" -#: preseed.xml:728 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "It is possible to include other preseed files from a preseed file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." -msgstr "可以在一个预置文件里面包含另外的预置文件。这些文件里面的任何设置将覆盖前面加载的设置。这就有一种用法，如，通用的网络设置放在一个文件，其他规格的设置放在其他的文件里面。" - -#: preseed.xml:738 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is possible to include other preseed files from a preseed file. Any " +"settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files " +"loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general " +"networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings " +"for certain configurations in other files." +msgstr "" +"可以在一个预置文件里面包含另外的预置文件。这些文件里面的任何设置将覆盖前面加" +"载的设置。这就有一种用法，如，通用的网络设置放在一个文件，其他规格的设置放在" +"其他的文件里面。" + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:711 +#, no-c-format msgid "" - "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" - "# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" - "# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken from\n" - "# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" - "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" - "\n" - "# The installer can optionally verify checksums of preseed files before\n" - "# using them. Currently only md5sums are supported, list the md5sums\n" - "# in the same order as the list of files to include.\n" - "#d-i preseed/include/checksum string 5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" - "\n" - "# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names of\n" - "# preseed files, includes those files. \n" - "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" - "# string echo if [ \"`hostname`\" = bob ]; then echo bob.cfg; fi" +"# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" +"# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" +"# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken from\n" +"# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" +"#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" +"\n" +"# The installer can optionally verify checksums of preseed files before\n" +"# using them. Currently only md5sums are supported, list the md5sums\n" +"# in the same order as the list of files to include.\n" +"#d-i preseed/include/checksum string 5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" +"\n" +"# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names of\n" +"# preseed files, includes those files. \n" +"#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" +"# string echo if [ \"`hostname`\" = bob ]; then echo bob.cfg; fi" msgstr "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" "# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" @@ -1270,3 +1516,44 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" "# string echo if [ \"`hostname`\" = bob ]; then echo bob.cfg; fi" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using preseeding it is possible to fill in answers to questions asked " +#~ "during both the first stage of the installation (before the reboot into " +#~ "the new system) and the second stage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在安装过程的第一阶段(重启进入新系统之前)和第二阶段，都可以使用预置来填写问" +#~ "题的答案。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: is run early in the " +#~ "second stage of the installation when <command>base-config</command> is " +#~ "starting up" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: 在安装的第二阶段，" +#~ "<command>base-config</command> 启动之前运行" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: is run at the end of " +#~ "<command>base-config</command>, just before the login prompt" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: 在 <command>base-config</" +#~ "command> 结束的时候，login 提示符出现之前运行" + +#~ msgid "Preseeding the first stage of the installation" +#~ msgstr "为安装的第一阶段预置" + +#~ msgid "Preseeding the second stage of the installation" +#~ msgstr "为安装的第二阶段预置" + +#~ msgid "Base config" +#~ msgstr "基本设置" + +#~ msgid "manual package selection" +#~ msgstr "手动选择软件包" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" +#~ "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" +#~ "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po index b1f88f50d..13aaf33ab 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-07 18:30+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -19,796 +19,11 @@ msgstr "其他" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:11 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" -msgstr "预设置文件实例" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:13 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " -"automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-install" -"\"/>. You may want to uncomment some of the lines before using the file." -msgstr "" -"这是一个完整的用于自动安装的预设置文件的实例。使用的说明在 <xref linkend=" -"\"automatic-install\"/>。您可以在使用该文件前去除某些行前面的注释。" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:21 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " -"had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" -"continuation-character <quote>\\</quote> and extra indentation in the next " -"line. In a real preconfiguration file, these split lines have to be joined " -"into <emphasis>one single line</emphasis>. If you do not, preconfiguration " -"will fail with unpredictable results." -msgstr "" -"为了能在手册中正确显示这个例子，我们不得不分割一些行。通过使用行连接符 " -"<quote>\\</quote> 和下一行的缩进标明。在实际的预置文件中，这些分割的行必须合" -"并成 <emphasis>单独的一行</emphasis>。如果您没有这样做，预设置文件会造成不可" -"预估的失败。" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:29 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" -"preseed;." -msgstr "<quote>clean</quote> 例子文件位于 &urlset-example-preseed;。" - -#. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:41 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"#### Startup.\n" -"\n" -"# To use a preseed file, you'll first need to boot the installer,\n" -"# and tell it what preseed file to use. This is done by passing the\n" -"# kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot or by editing the\n" -"# syslinux.cfg (or similar) file and adding the parameter to the end\n" -"# of the append line(s) for the kernel.\n" -"#\n" -"# If you're netbooting, use this:\n" -"# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" -"# If you're remastering a CD, you could use this:\n" -"# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" -"# If you're installing from USB media, use this, and put the preseed file\n" -"# in the toplevel directory of the USB stick.\n" -"# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" -"# Be sure to copy this file to the location you specify.\n" -"#\n" -"# Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using\n" -"# some forms of preseeding, because the questions are asked before\n" -"# the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is\n" -"# downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first.\n" -"# One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding\n" -"# of even these early steps of the installation process.\n" -"#\n" -"# If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can\n" -"# still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel\n" -"# on the command line. Just pass path/to/var=value for any of the preseed\n" -"# variables listed below.\n" -"#\n" -"# While you're at it, you may want to throw a debconf/priority=critical in\n" -"# there, to avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some.\n" -"# And you might set the timeout to 1 in syslinux.cfg to avoid needing to " -"hit\n" -"# enter to boot the installer.\n" -"#\n" -"# Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and\n" -"# 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the\n" -"# installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any\n" -"# excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer,\n" -"# you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options.\n" -"#\n" -"# Some of the default options, like 'vga=normal' may be safely removed\n" -"# for most installations, which may allow you to add more options for\n" -"# preseeding.\n" -"\n" -"# It is not possible to use preseeding to set language, country, and\n" -"# keyboard. Instead you should use kernel parameters. Example:\n" -"# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" -"# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" -"# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" -"\n" -"#### Network configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# Of course, this won't work if you're loading your preseed file from the\n" -"# network! But it's great if you're booting from CD or USB stick. You can\n" -"# also pass network config parameters in on the kernel params if you are\n" -"# loading preseed files from the network.\n" -"\n" -"# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" -"# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" -"d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" -"\n" -"# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" -"# it, this might be useful.\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" -"\n" -"# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" -"#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Note that any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take\n" -"# precedence over values set here. However, setting the values still\n" -"# prevents the questions from being shown even if values come from dhcp.\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" -"\n" -"# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" -"d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" -"\n" -"#### Mirror settings.\n" -"\n" -"d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" -"d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" -"d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" -"d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" -"\n" -"#### Partitioning.\n" -"\n" -"# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" -"# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" -"# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" -"d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" -"d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" -" All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" -"\n" -"# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." -"txt.\n" -"# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" -"# just point at it.\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" -"\n" -"# If not, you can put an entire recipe in one line. This example creates\n" -"# a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and uses the rest of the space\n" -"# for the root partition:\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" -"# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } .\n" -"# For reference, here is that same recipe in a more readable form:\n" -"# boot-root ::\n" -"# 40 50 100 ext3\n" -"# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ / }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" -"# method{ swap } format{ }\n" -"# .\n" -"\n" -"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" -"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" -"d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" -" Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" -"d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### Boot loader installation.\n" -"\n" -"# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" -"# instead, uncomment this:\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " -"MBR\n" -"# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" -"d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" -"d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" -"# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" -"\n" -"#### Finishing up the first stage install.\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" -"\n" -"#### Shell commands.\n" -"\n" -"# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" -"# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" -"# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" -"# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, here's\n" -"# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" -"# automatically.\n" -"\n" -"# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" -"# preseeding is read.\n" -"#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" -"# still a usable /target directory.\n" -"#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" -"#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" -"# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or to\n" -"# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" -"#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" -"# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" -"\n" -"###### Preseeding the 2nd stage of the installation.\n" -"\n" -"#### Preseeding base-config.\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the introductory message.\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the final message.\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" -"\n" -"# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " -"immediately\n" -"# after base-config finishes.\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" -"# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" -"# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" -"\n" -"#### Clock and time zone setup.\n" -"\n" -"# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" -"# If you told the installer that you're in the United States, then you\n" -"# can set the time zone using this variable.\n" -"# (Choices are: Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii,\n" -"# Aleutian, Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" -"# If you told it you're in Canada.\n" -"# (Choices are: Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" -"# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" -"# If you told it you're in Brazil. (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" -"# DeNoronha, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" -"# Many countries have only one time zone. If you told the installer you're\n" -"# in one of those countries, you can choose its standard time zone via this\n" -"# question.\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" -"# This question is asked as a fallback for countries other than those\n" -"# listed above, which have more than one time zone. You can preseed one of\n" -"# the time zones, or \"other\".\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select\n" -"\n" -"#### Account setup.\n" -"\n" -"# To preseed the root password, you have to put it in the clear in this\n" -"# file. That is not a very good idea, use caution!\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" -"\n" -"# If you want to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" -"#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, you can preseed the user's name and login.\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" -"#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" -"# And their password, but use caution!\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" -"\n" -"#### Apt setup.\n" -"\n" -"# This question controls what source the second stage installation uses\n" -"# for packages. Choices are cdrom, http, ftp, filesystem, edit sources list\n" -"# by hand\n" -"base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" -"\n" -"# If you choose ftp or http, you'll be asked for a country and a mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/country select enter information manually\n" -"base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" -"# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Do enable security updates.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### Package selection.\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available.\n" -"# Available tasks as of this writing include: Desktop environment,\n" -"# Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server, Mail server,\n" -"# SQL database, Laptop, Standard system, manual package selection. The\n" -"# last of those will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no\n" -"# tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other\n" -"# way. We recommend always including the Standard system task.\n" -"tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment, Standard system\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Standard system\n" -"\n" -"#### Mailer configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to\n" -"# avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" -" select no configuration at this time\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# It's a good idea to set this to whatever user account you choose to\n" -"# create. Leaving the value blank results in postmaster mail going to\n" -"# /var/mail/mail.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string\n" -"\n" -"#### X Configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know\n" -"# some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X\n" -"# configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything.\n" -"\n" -"# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" -"# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" -"\n" -"# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" -"# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility of\n" -"# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" -"# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" -"# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " -"not\n" -"# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" -" select medium\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" -" select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" -"\n" -"#### Everything else.\n" -"\n" -"# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" -"# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" -"# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" -"# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" -"# installation, and then run these commands:\n" -"# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" -"# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" -"\n" -"# If you like, you can include other preseed files into this one.\n" -"# Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from this\n" -"# file. More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" -"# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" -"# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken from\n" -"# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" -"#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" -"\n" -"# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names of\n" -"# preseed files, includes those files. For example, to switch configs based\n" -"# on a particular usb storage device (in this case, a built-in card " -"reader):\n" -"#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" -"# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-storage-" -"*/*); \\\n" -"# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" -"\n" -"# To check the format of your preseed file before performing an install,\n" -"# you can use debconf-set-selections:\n" -"# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" -msgstr "" -"#### Startup.\n" -"\n" -"# To use a preseed file, you'll first need to boot the installer,\n" -"# and tell it what preseed file to use. This is done by passing the\n" -"# kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot or by editing the\n" -"# syslinux.cfg (or similar) file and adding the parameter to the end\n" -"# of the append line(s) for the kernel.\n" -"#\n" -"# If you're netbooting, use this:\n" -"# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" -"# If you're remastering a CD, you could use this:\n" -"# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" -"# If you're installing from USB media, use this, and put the preseed file\n" -"# in the toplevel directory of the USB stick.\n" -"# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" -"# Be sure to copy this file to the location you specify.\n" -"#\n" -"# Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using\n" -"# some forms of preseeding, because the questions are asked before\n" -"# the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is\n" -"# downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first.\n" -"# One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding\n" -"# of even these early steps of the installation process.\n" -"#\n" -"# If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can\n" -"# still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel\n" -"# on the command line. Just pass path/to/var=value for any of the preseed\n" -"# variables listed below.\n" -"#\n" -"# While you're at it, you may want to throw a debconf/priority=critical in\n" -"# there, to avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some.\n" -"# And you might set the timeout to 1 in syslinux.cfg to avoid needing to " -"hit\n" -"# enter to boot the installer.\n" -"#\n" -"# Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and\n" -"# 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the\n" -"# installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any\n" -"# excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer,\n" -"# you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options.\n" -"#\n" -"# Some of the default options, like 'vga=normal' may be safely removed\n" -"# for most installations, which may allow you to add more options for\n" -"# preseeding.\n" -"\n" -"# It is not possible to use preseeding to set language, country, and\n" -"# keyboard. Instead you should use kernel parameters. Example:\n" -"# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" -"# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" -"# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" -"\n" -"#### Network configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# Of course, this won't work if you're loading your preseed file from the\n" -"# network! But it's great if you're booting from CD or USB stick. You can\n" -"# also pass network config parameters in on the kernel params if you are\n" -"# loading preseed files from the network.\n" -"\n" -"# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" -"# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" -"d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" -"\n" -"# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" -"# it, this might be useful.\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" -"\n" -"# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" -"#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Note that any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take\n" -"# precedence over values set here. However, setting the values still\n" -"# prevents the questions from being shown even if values come from dhcp.\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" -"\n" -"# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" -"d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" -"\n" -"#### Mirror settings.\n" -"\n" -"d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" -"d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" -"d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" -"d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" -"\n" -"#### Partitioning.\n" -"\n" -"# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" -"# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" -"# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" -"d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" -"d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" -" All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" -"\n" -"# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." -"txt.\n" -"# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" -"# just point at it.\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" -"\n" -"# If not, you can put an entire recipe in one line. This example creates\n" -"# a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and uses the rest of the space\n" -"# for the root partition:\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" -"# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } .\n" -"# For reference, here is that same recipe in a more readable form:\n" -"# boot-root ::\n" -"# 40 50 100 ext3\n" -"# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ / }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" -"# method{ swap } format{ }\n" -"# .\n" -"\n" -"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" -"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" -"d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" -" Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" -"d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### Boot loader installation.\n" -"\n" -"# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" -"# instead, uncomment this:\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " -"MBR\n" -"# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" -"d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" -"d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" -"# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" -"\n" -"#### Finishing up the first stage install.\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" -"\n" -"#### Shell commands.\n" -"\n" -"# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" -"# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" -"# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" -"# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, here's\n" -"# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" -"# automatically.\n" -"\n" -"# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" -"# preseeding is read.\n" -"#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" -"# still a usable /target directory.\n" -"#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" -"#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" -"# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or to\n" -"# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" -"#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" -"# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" -"\n" -"###### Preseeding the 2nd stage of the installation.\n" -"\n" -"#### Preseeding base-config.\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the introductory message.\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the final message.\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" -"\n" -"# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " -"immediately\n" -"# after base-config finishes.\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" -"# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" -"# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" -"\n" -"#### Clock and time zone setup.\n" -"\n" -"# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" -"# If you told the installer that you're in the United States, then you\n" -"# can set the time zone using this variable.\n" -"# (Choices are: Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii,\n" -"# Aleutian, Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" -"# If you told it you're in Canada.\n" -"# (Choices are: Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" -"# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" -"# If you told it you're in Brazil. (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" -"# DeNoronha, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" -"# Many countries have only one time zone. If you told the installer you're\n" -"# in one of those countries, you can choose its standard time zone via this\n" -"# question.\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" -"# This question is asked as a fallback for countries other than those\n" -"# listed above, which have more than one time zone. You can preseed one of\n" -"# the time zones, or \"other\".\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select\n" -"\n" -"#### Account setup.\n" -"\n" -"# To preseed the root password, you have to put it in the clear in this\n" -"# file. That is not a very good idea, use caution!\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" -"\n" -"# If you want to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" -"#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, you can preseed the user's name and login.\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" -"#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" -"# And their password, but use caution!\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" -"\n" -"#### Apt setup.\n" -"\n" -"# This question controls what source the second stage installation uses\n" -"# for packages. Choices are cdrom, http, ftp, filesystem, edit sources list\n" -"# by hand\n" -"base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" -"\n" -"# If you choose ftp or http, you'll be asked for a country and a mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/country select enter information manually\n" -"base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" -"# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Do enable security updates.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### Package selection.\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available.\n" -"# Available tasks as of this writing include: Desktop environment,\n" -"# Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server, Mail server,\n" -"# SQL database, Laptop, Standard system, manual package selection. The\n" -"# last of those will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no\n" -"# tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other\n" -"# way. We recommend always including the Standard system task.\n" -"tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment, Standard system\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Standard system\n" -"\n" -"#### Mailer configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to\n" -"# avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" -" select no configuration at this time\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# It's a good idea to set this to whatever user account you choose to\n" -"# create. Leaving the value blank results in postmaster mail going to\n" -"# /var/mail/mail.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string\n" -"\n" -"#### X Configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know\n" -"# some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X\n" -"# configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything.\n" -"\n" -"# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" -"# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" -"\n" -"# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" -"# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility of\n" -"# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" -"# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" -"# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " -"not\n" -"# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" -" select medium\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" -" select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" -"\n" -"#### Everything else.\n" -"\n" -"# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" -"# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" -"# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" -"# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" -"# installation, and then run these commands:\n" -"# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" -"# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" -"\n" -"# If you like, you can include other preseed files into this one.\n" -"# Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from this\n" -"# file. More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" -"# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" -"# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken from\n" -"# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" -"#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" -"\n" -"# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names of\n" -"# preseed files, includes those files. For example, to switch configs based\n" -"# on a particular usb storage device (in this case, a built-in card " -"reader):\n" -"#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" -"# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-storage-" -"*/*); \\\n" -"# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" -"\n" -"# To check the format of your preseed file before performing an install,\n" -"# you can use debconf-set-selections:\n" -"# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" - -#. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:52 -#, no-c-format msgid "Linux Devices" msgstr "Linux 里的设备" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:53 +#: random-bits.xml:12 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. These " @@ -826,289 +41,289 @@ msgstr "" "庭。下面列举了最重要的一些设备文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:68 +#: random-bits.xml:27 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>fd0</filename>" msgstr "<filename>fd0</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:69 +#: random-bits.xml:28 #, no-c-format msgid "First Floppy Drive" msgstr "第一个软驱" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:71 +#: random-bits.xml:30 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>fd1</filename>" msgstr "<filename>fd1</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:72 +#: random-bits.xml:31 #, no-c-format msgid "Second Floppy Drive" msgstr "第二个软驱" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:78 +#: random-bits.xml:37 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hda</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hda</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:79 +#: random-bits.xml:38 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the first IDE port (Master)" msgstr "在第一个 IDE 口(Master)的 IDE 硬盘/光驱" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:81 +#: random-bits.xml:40 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdb</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdb</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:82 +#: random-bits.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the first IDE port (Slave)" msgstr "在第一个 IDE 口(Slave)的 IDE 硬盘/光驱" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:84 +#: random-bits.xml:43 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdc</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdc</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:85 +#: random-bits.xml:44 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the second IDE port (Master)" msgstr "在第二个 IDE 口(Master)的 IDE 硬盘/光驱" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:87 +#: random-bits.xml:46 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdd</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdd</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:88 +#: random-bits.xml:47 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the second IDE port (Slave)" msgstr "在第二个 IDE 口(Slave)的 IDE 硬盘/光驱" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:90 +#: random-bits.xml:49 #, no-c-format msgid "hda1" msgstr "hda1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:91 +#: random-bits.xml:50 #, no-c-format msgid "First partition of the first IDE hard disk" msgstr "在第一块 IDE 硬盘上的第一个分区" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:93 +#: random-bits.xml:52 #, no-c-format msgid "hdd15" msgstr "hdd15" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:94 +#: random-bits.xml:53 #, no-c-format msgid "Fifteenth partition of the fourth IDE hard disk" msgstr "在第四块 IDE 硬盘上的第十五个分区" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:100 +#: random-bits.xml:59 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sda</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sda</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:101 +#: random-bits.xml:60 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with lowest SCSI ID (e.g. 0)" msgstr "SCSI ID (比如 0)最小的 SCSI 硬盘" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:103 +#: random-bits.xml:62 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sdb</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sdb</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:104 +#: random-bits.xml:63 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with next higher SCSI ID (e.g. 1)" msgstr "下一个 SCSI ID (比如 1)的 SCSI 硬盘" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:106 +#: random-bits.xml:65 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sdc</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sdc</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:107 +#: random-bits.xml:66 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with next higher SCSI ID (e.g. 2)" msgstr "下一个 SCSI ID (比如 2)的 SCSI 硬盘" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:109 +#: random-bits.xml:68 #, no-c-format msgid "sda1" msgstr "sda1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:110 +#: random-bits.xml:69 #, no-c-format msgid "First partition of the first SCSI hard disk" msgstr "在第一块 SCSI 硬盘上的第一个分区" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:112 +#: random-bits.xml:71 #, no-c-format msgid "sdd10" msgstr "sdd10" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:113 +#: random-bits.xml:72 #, no-c-format msgid "Tenth partition of the fourth SCSI hard disk" msgstr "在第四块 SCSI 硬盘上的第十个分区" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:119 +#: random-bits.xml:78 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sr0</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sr0</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:120 +#: random-bits.xml:79 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI CD-ROM with the lowest SCSI ID" msgstr "SCSI ID 最小的 SCSI 光驱" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:122 +#: random-bits.xml:81 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sr1</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sr1</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:123 +#: random-bits.xml:82 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI CD-ROM with the next higher SCSI ID" msgstr "下一个 SCSI ID 的 SCSI 光驱" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:129 +#: random-bits.xml:88 #, no-c-format msgid "ttyS0" msgstr "ttyS0" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:130 +#: random-bits.xml:89 #, no-c-format msgid "Serial port 0, COM1 under MS-DOS" msgstr "串口 0，即 MS-DOS 下的 COM1" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:132 +#: random-bits.xml:91 #, no-c-format msgid "ttyS1" msgstr "ttyS1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:133 +#: random-bits.xml:92 #, no-c-format msgid "Serial port 1, COM2 under MS-DOS" msgstr "串口 1，即 MS-DOS 下的 COM2" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:135 +#: random-bits.xml:94 #, no-c-format msgid "psaux" msgstr "psaux" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:136 +#: random-bits.xml:95 #, no-c-format msgid "PS/2 mouse device" msgstr "PS/2 鼠标设备" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:138 +#: random-bits.xml:97 #, no-c-format msgid "gpmdata" msgstr "gpmdata" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:139 +#: random-bits.xml:98 #, no-c-format msgid "Pseudo device, repeater data from GPM (mouse) daemon" msgstr "伪设备，中转从GPM(鼠标)服务传来的数据" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:145 +#: random-bits.xml:104 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom" msgstr "cdrom" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:146 +#: random-bits.xml:105 #, no-c-format msgid "Symbolic link to the CD-ROM drive" msgstr "指向光驱的符号链接" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:148 +#: random-bits.xml:107 #, no-c-format msgid "mouse" msgstr "mouse" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:149 +#: random-bits.xml:108 #, no-c-format msgid "Symbolic link to the mouse device file" msgstr "指向鼠标设备文件的符号链接" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:155 +#: random-bits.xml:114 #, no-c-format msgid "null" msgstr "null" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:156 +#: random-bits.xml:115 #, no-c-format msgid "Everything pointed to this device will disappear" msgstr "所有指向该设备的东西都会消失" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:158 +#: random-bits.xml:117 #, no-c-format msgid "zero" msgstr "zero" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:159 +#: random-bits.xml:118 #, no-c-format msgid "One can endlessly read zeros out of this device" msgstr "可以从该设备永无休止地读出零" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:166 +#: random-bits.xml:125 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Your Mouse" msgstr "设定您的鼠标" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:168 +#: random-bits.xml:127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window " @@ -1137,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "" "标协议。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:180 +#: random-bits.xml:139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is " @@ -1154,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" "了。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:189 +#: random-bits.xml:148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If gpm is disabled or not installed with some reason, make sure to set X to " @@ -1172,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink> 里设置一下，让 X 使用原始的鼠标协议。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:199 +#: random-bits.xml:158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/" @@ -1184,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev/input/mice\"</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:205 +#: random-bits.xml:164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when " @@ -1195,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" "加入 <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> 文件。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:211 +#: random-bits.xml:170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# 3-button mouse emulation\n" @@ -1217,13 +432,13 @@ msgstr "" "# For different keys, use showkey to tell you what the code is." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:218 +#: random-bits.xml:177 #, no-c-format msgid "Disk Space Needed for Tasks" msgstr "各软件集所需的磁盘空间" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " @@ -1233,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "含了所有的标准软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:235 +#: random-bits.xml:194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -1246,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" "装后所占的空间，可能会小于这两个软件集分别安装所占的空间。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:242 +#: random-bits.xml:201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -1260,193 +475,193 @@ msgstr "" "寸</quote>是(临时地)用在 <filename>/var</filename>。" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:255 +#: random-bits.xml:214 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "任务" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:256 +#: random-bits.xml:215 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "安装尺寸 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:257 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "下载尺寸 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "用于安装所需空间 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:264 +#: random-bits.xml:223 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:224 #, no-c-format msgid "1392" msgstr "1392" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>460</entry>" msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "1852" msgstr "1852" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:271 +#: random-bits.xml:230 #, no-c-format msgid "Web server" msgstr "Web 服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:272 +#: random-bits.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>36</entry>" msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:273 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>12</entry>" msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:274 +#: random-bits.xml:233 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>48</entry>" msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:278 +#: random-bits.xml:237 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "打印服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:279 +#: random-bits.xml:238 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>168</entry>" msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:280 +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>58</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:240 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>226</entry>" msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:285 +#: random-bits.xml:244 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS 服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:286 +#: random-bits.xml:245 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:287 +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:288 random-bits.xml:301 +#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:292 +#: random-bits.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "文件服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:293 +#: random-bits.xml:252 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>47</entry>" msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:294 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>24</entry>" msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:295 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:299 +#: random-bits.xml:258 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "邮件服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:300 +#: random-bits.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>10</entry>" msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:302 +#: random-bits.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:306 +#: random-bits.xml:265 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL 数据库" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:307 +#: random-bits.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>66</entry>" msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:308 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>21</entry>" msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:309 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>87</entry>" msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:315 +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the Gnome and KDE " @@ -1454,7 +669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<emphasis>桌面</emphasis> 任务将同时安装 Gnome 和 KDE 桌面环境。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -1467,13 +682,13 @@ msgstr "" "不同；您应该给 200MB 以上的空间用于下载和安装。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:337 +#: random-bits.xml:296 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "通过 Unix/Linux 系统来安装 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 +#: random-bits.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -1494,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" "中输入的。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:351 +#: random-bits.xml:310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -1509,13 +724,13 @@ msgstr "" "过任何引导或者安装介质完成安装的权宜之计。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:363 +#: random-bits.xml:322 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "准备运动" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -1528,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "" "X，就需要至少 300MB 的空间了。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:371 +#: random-bits.xml:330 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " @@ -1546,7 +761,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>-j</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:381 +#: random-bits.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -1569,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr "" "统)。挂载点的名称是任意的，后面的步骤将会用到它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:393 +#: random-bits.xml:352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -1579,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -1590,13 +805,13 @@ msgstr "" "手动创建和加载这些目录。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:406 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "安装 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:407 +#: random-bits.xml:366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The tool that the Debian installer uses, which is recognized as the official " @@ -1613,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "载并安装 <command>debootstrap</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an rpm-based system, you can use alien to convert the .deb into ." @@ -1625,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" "debian.org/~blade/install/debootstrap\"></ulink>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:423 +#: random-bits.xml:382 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -1651,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" "的权限。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:438 +#: random-bits.xml:397 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_arch.deb\n" @@ -1663,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:440 +#: random-bits.xml:399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have a " @@ -1677,13 +892,13 @@ msgstr "" "下工具。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:451 +#: random-bits.xml:410 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "运行 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:452 +#: random-bits.xml:411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -1699,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" "README.mirrors\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:461 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -1711,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" "debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -1731,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:484 +#: random-bits.xml:443 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -1741,13 +956,13 @@ msgstr "" "http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:449 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "基系统的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:491 +#: random-bits.xml:450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -1757,19 +972,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>Chroot</command> 用来进入该系统：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:455 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:501 +#: random-bits.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "分区的挂载" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1831,13 +1046,13 @@ msgstr "" "a</userinput>，那么请一定要再接着做之前先把 proc 挂载好：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:522 +#: random-bits.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:524 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1848,31 +1063,31 @@ msgstr "" "chroot: 以为加载 proc。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:530 +#: random-bits.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:536 +#: random-bits.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "键盘的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:537 +#: random-bits.xml:496 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "若要配置您的键盘，请：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:541 +#: random-bits.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:543 +#: random-bits.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1880,13 +1095,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "注意，在 chroot 里面不能设置键盘，但重新启动以后可以。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:552 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "网络的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:553 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1983,45 +1198,24 @@ msgstr "" "在系统启动时，每块网卡就能获得您所预期的 interface 名称了 (eth0、eth1 等等)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:589 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" -msgstr "时区、用户和 APT 的配置" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:590 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Set your timezone, add a normal user, and choose your <command>apt</command> " -"sources by running" -msgstr "" -"设置您的时区，添加一个普通用户，再运行下面的指令选择您的 <command>apt</" -"command> 源" - -#. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:595 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" -msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" - -#. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "locales 的设置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:602 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:549 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " "install the locales support package and configure it: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-get install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured before, ie. during " -"the base-config phase. Before using locales with character sets other than " -"ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured beforehand by " +"creating a sources.list and running apt-get update. Before using locales " +"with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the " +"appropriate localization HOWTO." msgstr "" "要配置您的 locale 设定，以便使用英语以外的其它语言，就需要安装 提供 locales " "支持的软件包，同时配置之： <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2032,13 +1226,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地化指南(localisation HOWTO)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:618 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "内核的安装" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -2054,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "来安装它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:628 +#: random-bits.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" @@ -2062,13 +1256,13 @@ msgstr "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:634 +#: random-bits.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Boot Loader 的设置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -2081,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 的 chroot 中使用 apt-get 完成。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:642 +#: random-bits.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -2102,13 +1296,13 @@ msgstr "" "它就会用哪个系统里的 <filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "下面有一个简单的<filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> 作为例子：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:657 +#: random-bits.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -2128,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:659 +#: random-bits.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -2146,7 +1340,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:669 +#: random-bits.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -2176,13 +1370,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 换成 <userinput>hd:</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:687 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "通过 Parallel Line IP (PLIP) 来安装 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without Ethernet " @@ -2195,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "具有 Debian 镜像的网络(例如，互联网)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -2209,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP 地址(这些地址在您的网络地址空间里面未被占用)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:705 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -2220,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -2232,13 +1426,13 @@ msgstr "" "为 <literal>io=0x378</literal>，<literal>irq=7</literal>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:720 +#: random-bits.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "需求" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:723 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -2246,13 +1440,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "目标计算机，称为 <emphasis>target</emphasis>，将安装 Debian 在上面。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:729 +#: random-bits.xml:677 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "系统安装介质；参阅 <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:734 +#: random-bits.xml:682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -2261,7 +1455,7 @@ msgstr "" "另外一台连接到互联网的计算机，称为 <emphasis>source</emphasis>，功能是网关。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:740 +#: random-bits.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -2272,13 +1466,13 @@ msgstr "" "Install-HOWTO</ulink> 了解这种线的更多信息，以及如何自己制作。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "建立源" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:753 +#: random-bits.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -2288,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:758 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -2330,13 +1524,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:764 +#: random-bits.xml:712 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "安装目标" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -2347,13 +1541,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。下面是安装过程中不同阶段的应答。" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:725 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components" msgstr "加载安装组件" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:779 +#: random-bits.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -2363,13 +1557,13 @@ msgstr "" "用 PLIP 驱动。" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:787 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "侦测网络硬件" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:792 +#: random-bits.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -2382,13 +1576,13 @@ msgstr "" "系统没有网卡，安装程序不会显示该列表。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:801 +#: random-bits.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Prompt for module parameters: Yes" msgstr "提示模块参数: Yes" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:806 +#: random-bits.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -2399,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>plip</userinput> 模块。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:813 +#: random-bits.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Additional parameters for module parport_pc: " @@ -2409,25 +1603,25 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:819 +#: random-bits.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "Additional parameters for module plip: leave empty" msgstr "Additional parameters for module plip: 保持空白" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:829 +#: random-bits.xml:777 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "配置网络" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:832 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:837 +#: random-bits.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -2435,7 +1629,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:842 +#: random-bits.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -2445,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:848 +#: random-bits.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -2453,3 +1647,859 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Name server addresses: 您可以使用与源计算机相同的地址 (参阅 <filename>/etc/" "resolv.conf</filename>)" + +#~ msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" +#~ msgstr "预设置文件实例" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " +#~ "automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-" +#~ "install\"/>. You may want to uncomment some of the lines before using the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "这是一个完整的用于自动安装的预设置文件的实例。使用的说明在 <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"automatic-install\"/>。您可以在使用该文件前去除某些行前面的注释。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " +#~ "had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" +#~ "continuation-character <quote>\\</quote> and extra indentation in the " +#~ "next line. In a real preconfiguration file, these split lines have to be " +#~ "joined into <emphasis>one single line</emphasis>. If you do not, " +#~ "preconfiguration will fail with unpredictable results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "为了能在手册中正确显示这个例子，我们不得不分割一些行。通过使用行连接符 " +#~ "<quote>\\</quote> 和下一行的缩进标明。在实际的预置文件中，这些分割的行必须" +#~ "合并成 <emphasis>单独的一行</emphasis>。如果您没有这样做，预设置文件会造成" +#~ "不可预估的失败。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" +#~ "preseed;." +#~ msgstr "<quote>clean</quote> 例子文件位于 &urlset-example-preseed;。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "#### Startup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To use a preseed file, you'll first need to boot the installer,\n" +#~ "# and tell it what preseed file to use. This is done by passing the\n" +#~ "# kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot or by editing the\n" +#~ "# syslinux.cfg (or similar) file and adding the parameter to the end\n" +#~ "# of the append line(s) for the kernel.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# If you're netbooting, use this:\n" +#~ "# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" +#~ "# If you're remastering a CD, you could use this:\n" +#~ "# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" +#~ "# If you're installing from USB media, use this, and put the preseed " +#~ "file\n" +#~ "# in the toplevel directory of the USB stick.\n" +#~ "# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" +#~ "# Be sure to copy this file to the location you specify.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using\n" +#~ "# some forms of preseeding, because the questions are asked before\n" +#~ "# the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is\n" +#~ "# downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first.\n" +#~ "# One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding\n" +#~ "# of even these early steps of the installation process.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the " +#~ "kernel\n" +#~ "# on the command line. Just pass path/to/var=value for any of the " +#~ "preseed\n" +#~ "# variables listed below.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# While you're at it, you may want to throw a debconf/priority=critical " +#~ "in\n" +#~ "# there, to avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses " +#~ "some.\n" +#~ "# And you might set the timeout to 1 in syslinux.cfg to avoid needing to " +#~ "hit\n" +#~ "# enter to boot the installer.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and\n" +#~ "# 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the\n" +#~ "# installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any\n" +#~ "# excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer,\n" +#~ "# you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Some of the default options, like 'vga=normal' may be safely removed\n" +#~ "# for most installations, which may allow you to add more options for\n" +#~ "# preseeding.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# It is not possible to use preseeding to set language, country, and\n" +#~ "# keyboard. Instead you should use kernel parameters. Example:\n" +#~ "# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" +#~ "# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" +#~ "# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Network configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Of course, this won't work if you're loading your preseed file from " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "# network! But it's great if you're booting from CD or USB stick. You " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# also pass network config parameters in on the kernel params if you are\n" +#~ "# loading preseed files from the network.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes " +#~ "it\n" +#~ "# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" +#~ "# it, this might be useful.\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Note that any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take\n" +#~ "# precedence over values set here. However, setting the values still\n" +#~ "# prevents the questions from being shown even if values come from dhcp.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" +#~ "# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Mirror settings.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Partitioning.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that " +#~ "space.\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" +#~ "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" +#~ "# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" +#~ "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" +#~ "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" +#~ " All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" +#~ "# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +#~ "txt.\n" +#~ "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# just point at it.\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If not, you can put an entire recipe in one line. This example creates\n" +#~ "# a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and uses the rest of the space\n" +#~ "# for the root partition:\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" +#~ "# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } " +#~ "\\\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" +#~ "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" +#~ "# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } .\n" +#~ "# For reference, here is that same recipe in a more readable form:\n" +#~ "# boot-root ::\n" +#~ "# 40 50 100 ext3\n" +#~ "# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" +#~ "# method{ format } format{ }\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" +#~ "# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" +#~ "# method{ format } format{ }\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" +#~ "# mountpoint{ / }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" +#~ "# method{ swap } format{ }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +#~ "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +#~ "d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" +#~ " Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +#~ "d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Boot loader installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" +#~ "# instead, uncomment this:\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +#~ "MBR\n" +#~ "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" +#~ "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +#~ "OS\n" +#~ "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +#~ "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the " +#~ "mbr,\n" +#~ "# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Finishing up the first stage install.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" +#~ "d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Shell commands.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer " +#~ "checks\n" +#~ "# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" +#~ "# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" +#~ "# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, " +#~ "here's\n" +#~ "# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" +#~ "# automatically.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" +#~ "# preseeding is read.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "# still a usable /target directory.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" +#~ "# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or " +#~ "to\n" +#~ "# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" +#~ "# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### Preseeding the 2nd stage of the installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Preseeding base-config.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid the introductory message.\n" +#~ "base-config base-config/intro note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid the final message.\n" +#~ "base-config base-config/login note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " +#~ "immediately\n" +#~ "# after base-config finishes.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've " +#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the " +#~ "project\n" +#~ "# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" +#~ "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Clock and time zone setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" +#~ "# If you told the installer that you're in the United States, then you\n" +#~ "# can set the time zone using this variable.\n" +#~ "# (Choices are: Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii,\n" +#~ "# Aleutian, Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, " +#~ "other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" +#~ "# If you told it you're in Canada.\n" +#~ "# (Choices are: Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" +#~ "# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" +#~ "# If you told it you're in Brazil. (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" +#~ "# DeNoronha, other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" +#~ "# Many countries have only one time zone. If you told the installer " +#~ "you're\n" +#~ "# in one of those countries, you can choose its standard time zone via " +#~ "this\n" +#~ "# question.\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" +#~ "# This question is asked as a fallback for countries other than those\n" +#~ "# listed above, which have more than one time zone. You can preseed one " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# the time zones, or \"other\".\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Account setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To preseed the root password, you have to put it in the clear in this\n" +#~ "# file. That is not a very good idea, use caution!\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you want to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, you can preseed the user's name and login.\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" +#~ "# And their password, but use caution!\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Apt setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This question controls what source the second stage installation uses\n" +#~ "# for packages. Choices are cdrom, http, ftp, filesystem, edit sources " +#~ "list\n" +#~ "# by hand\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you choose ftp or http, you'll be asked for a country and a mirror.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/country select enter information manually\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" +#~ "# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" +#~ "#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" +#~ "#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Do enable security updates.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Package selection.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available.\n" +#~ "# Available tasks as of this writing include: Desktop environment,\n" +#~ "# Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server, Mail server,\n" +#~ "# SQL database, Laptop, Standard system, manual package selection. The\n" +#~ "# last of those will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no\n" +#~ "# tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other\n" +#~ "# way. We recommend always including the Standard system task.\n" +#~ "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment, Standard system\n" +#~ "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Standard system\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Mailer configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to\n" +#~ "# avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible.\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" +#~ " select no configuration at this time\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# It's a good idea to set this to whatever user account you choose to\n" +#~ "# create. Leaving the value blank results in postmaster mail going to\n" +#~ "# /var/mail/mail.\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### X Configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to " +#~ "know\n" +#~ "# some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X\n" +#~ "# configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're " +#~ "preseeding,\n" +#~ "# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" +#~ "# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" +#~ "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" +#~ "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" +#~ "# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +#~ "not\n" +#~ "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" +#~ " select medium\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" +#~ " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Everything else.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go " +#~ "wrong\n" +#~ "# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions " +#~ "may\n" +#~ "# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" +#~ "# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" +#~ "# installation, and then run these commands:\n" +#~ "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" +#~ "# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you like, you can include other preseed files into this one.\n" +#~ "# Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from " +#~ "this\n" +#~ "# file. More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will " +#~ "be\n" +#~ "# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of " +#~ "their\n" +#~ "# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken " +#~ "from\n" +#~ "# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# preseed files, includes those files. For example, to switch configs " +#~ "based\n" +#~ "# on a particular usb storage device (in this case, a built-in card " +#~ "reader):\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" +#~ "# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-" +#~ "storage-*/*); \\\n" +#~ "# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To check the format of your preseed file before performing an install,\n" +#~ "# you can use debconf-set-selections:\n" +#~ "# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "#### Startup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To use a preseed file, you'll first need to boot the installer,\n" +#~ "# and tell it what preseed file to use. This is done by passing the\n" +#~ "# kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot or by editing the\n" +#~ "# syslinux.cfg (or similar) file and adding the parameter to the end\n" +#~ "# of the append line(s) for the kernel.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# If you're netbooting, use this:\n" +#~ "# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" +#~ "# If you're remastering a CD, you could use this:\n" +#~ "# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" +#~ "# If you're installing from USB media, use this, and put the preseed " +#~ "file\n" +#~ "# in the toplevel directory of the USB stick.\n" +#~ "# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" +#~ "# Be sure to copy this file to the location you specify.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using\n" +#~ "# some forms of preseeding, because the questions are asked before\n" +#~ "# the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is\n" +#~ "# downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first.\n" +#~ "# One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding\n" +#~ "# of even these early steps of the installation process.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the " +#~ "kernel\n" +#~ "# on the command line. Just pass path/to/var=value for any of the " +#~ "preseed\n" +#~ "# variables listed below.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# While you're at it, you may want to throw a debconf/priority=critical " +#~ "in\n" +#~ "# there, to avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses " +#~ "some.\n" +#~ "# And you might set the timeout to 1 in syslinux.cfg to avoid needing to " +#~ "hit\n" +#~ "# enter to boot the installer.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and\n" +#~ "# 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the\n" +#~ "# installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any\n" +#~ "# excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer,\n" +#~ "# you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Some of the default options, like 'vga=normal' may be safely removed\n" +#~ "# for most installations, which may allow you to add more options for\n" +#~ "# preseeding.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# It is not possible to use preseeding to set language, country, and\n" +#~ "# keyboard. Instead you should use kernel parameters. Example:\n" +#~ "# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" +#~ "# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" +#~ "# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Network configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Of course, this won't work if you're loading your preseed file from " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "# network! But it's great if you're booting from CD or USB stick. You " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# also pass network config parameters in on the kernel params if you are\n" +#~ "# loading preseed files from the network.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes " +#~ "it\n" +#~ "# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" +#~ "# it, this might be useful.\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Note that any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take\n" +#~ "# precedence over values set here. However, setting the values still\n" +#~ "# prevents the questions from being shown even if values come from dhcp.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" +#~ "# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Mirror settings.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Partitioning.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that " +#~ "space.\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" +#~ "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" +#~ "# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" +#~ "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" +#~ "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" +#~ " All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" +#~ "# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +#~ "txt.\n" +#~ "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# just point at it.\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If not, you can put an entire recipe in one line. This example creates\n" +#~ "# a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and uses the rest of the space\n" +#~ "# for the root partition:\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" +#~ "# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } " +#~ "\\\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" +#~ "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" +#~ "# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } .\n" +#~ "# For reference, here is that same recipe in a more readable form:\n" +#~ "# boot-root ::\n" +#~ "# 40 50 100 ext3\n" +#~ "# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" +#~ "# method{ format } format{ }\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" +#~ "# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" +#~ "# method{ format } format{ }\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" +#~ "# mountpoint{ / }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" +#~ "# method{ swap } format{ }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +#~ "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +#~ "d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" +#~ " Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +#~ "d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Boot loader installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" +#~ "# instead, uncomment this:\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +#~ "MBR\n" +#~ "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" +#~ "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +#~ "OS\n" +#~ "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +#~ "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the " +#~ "mbr,\n" +#~ "# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Finishing up the first stage install.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" +#~ "d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Shell commands.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer " +#~ "checks\n" +#~ "# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" +#~ "# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" +#~ "# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, " +#~ "here's\n" +#~ "# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" +#~ "# automatically.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" +#~ "# preseeding is read.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "# still a usable /target directory.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" +#~ "# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or " +#~ "to\n" +#~ "# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" +#~ "# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### Preseeding the 2nd stage of the installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Preseeding base-config.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid the introductory message.\n" +#~ "base-config base-config/intro note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid the final message.\n" +#~ "base-config base-config/login note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " +#~ "immediately\n" +#~ "# after base-config finishes.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've " +#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the " +#~ "project\n" +#~ "# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" +#~ "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Clock and time zone setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" +#~ "# If you told the installer that you're in the United States, then you\n" +#~ "# can set the time zone using this variable.\n" +#~ "# (Choices are: Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii,\n" +#~ "# Aleutian, Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, " +#~ "other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" +#~ "# If you told it you're in Canada.\n" +#~ "# (Choices are: Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" +#~ "# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" +#~ "# If you told it you're in Brazil. (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" +#~ "# DeNoronha, other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" +#~ "# Many countries have only one time zone. If you told the installer " +#~ "you're\n" +#~ "# in one of those countries, you can choose its standard time zone via " +#~ "this\n" +#~ "# question.\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" +#~ "# This question is asked as a fallback for countries other than those\n" +#~ "# listed above, which have more than one time zone. You can preseed one " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# the time zones, or \"other\".\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Account setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To preseed the root password, you have to put it in the clear in this\n" +#~ "# file. That is not a very good idea, use caution!\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you want to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, you can preseed the user's name and login.\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" +#~ "# And their password, but use caution!\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Apt setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This question controls what source the second stage installation uses\n" +#~ "# for packages. Choices are cdrom, http, ftp, filesystem, edit sources " +#~ "list\n" +#~ "# by hand\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you choose ftp or http, you'll be asked for a country and a mirror.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/country select enter information manually\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" +#~ "# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" +#~ "#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" +#~ "#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Do enable security updates.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Package selection.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available.\n" +#~ "# Available tasks as of this writing include: Desktop environment,\n" +#~ "# Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server, Mail server,\n" +#~ "# SQL database, Laptop, Standard system, manual package selection. The\n" +#~ "# last of those will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no\n" +#~ "# tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other\n" +#~ "# way. We recommend always including the Standard system task.\n" +#~ "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment, Standard system\n" +#~ "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Standard system\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Mailer configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to\n" +#~ "# avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible.\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" +#~ " select no configuration at this time\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# It's a good idea to set this to whatever user account you choose to\n" +#~ "# create. Leaving the value blank results in postmaster mail going to\n" +#~ "# /var/mail/mail.\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### X Configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to " +#~ "know\n" +#~ "# some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X\n" +#~ "# configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're " +#~ "preseeding,\n" +#~ "# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" +#~ "# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" +#~ "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" +#~ "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" +#~ "# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +#~ "not\n" +#~ "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" +#~ " select medium\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" +#~ " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Everything else.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go " +#~ "wrong\n" +#~ "# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions " +#~ "may\n" +#~ "# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" +#~ "# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" +#~ "# installation, and then run these commands:\n" +#~ "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" +#~ "# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you like, you can include other preseed files into this one.\n" +#~ "# Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from " +#~ "this\n" +#~ "# file. More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will " +#~ "be\n" +#~ "# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of " +#~ "their\n" +#~ "# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken " +#~ "from\n" +#~ "# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# preseed files, includes those files. For example, to switch configs " +#~ "based\n" +#~ "# on a particular usb storage device (in this case, a built-in card " +#~ "reader):\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" +#~ "# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-" +#~ "storage-*/*); \\\n" +#~ "# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To check the format of your preseed file before performing an install,\n" +#~ "# you can use debconf-set-selections:\n" +#~ "# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" + +#~ msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" +#~ msgstr "时区、用户和 APT 的配置" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set your timezone, add a normal user, and choose your <command>apt</" +#~ "command> sources by running" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "设置您的时区，添加一个普通用户，再运行下面的指令选择您的 <command>apt</" +#~ "command> 源" + +#~ msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" +#~ msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 434ea6ec1..8119a03b0 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-09 13:37+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -149,13 +149,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Error messages are redirected to the third console. You can access this " -"console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></" -"keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the " -"<keycap>F3</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process " -"with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." msgstr "" "错误信息被重定向到第三个控制台。您可以访问该控制台通过按下 <keycombo><keycap>" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (按住左 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 键" @@ -164,14 +165,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>. " -"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/debian-" -"installer/messages</filename> on your new system. Other installation " -"messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the " -"installation, and <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename> after the " -"computer has been booted into the installed system." +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/debian/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." msgstr "" "这些信息还可以在 <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> 里找到。完成安装之" "后，该 log 会被复制到 <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/messages</" @@ -230,40 +231,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "languagechooser" -msgstr "languagechooser" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:137 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will display " -"messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that language is " -"not complete. When a translation is not complete, English messages are shown." -msgstr "" -"显示语言与方言的列表。除非选中的语言没有被翻译，安装程序将以您选择的语言显示" -"信息。对于没有翻译的语言，将显示英文信息。" - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:148 -#, no-c-format -msgid "countrychooser" -msgstr "countrychooser" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:148 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." -msgstr "显示国家列表。用户可以选择自己生活的国家。" - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:157 -#, no-c-format msgid "localechooser" msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:157 +#: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " @@ -276,13 +248,13 @@ msgstr "" "信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:169 +#: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format msgid "kbd-chooser" msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:169 +#: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " @@ -290,13 +262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "显示键盘列表，用户在其中选择与自己匹配的模式。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:178 +#: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect" msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:178 +#: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " @@ -304,25 +276,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "自动识别绝大多数系统硬件，包括网卡、硬盘和 PCMCIA。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:187 +#: using-d-i.xml:167 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect" msgstr "cdrom-detect" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:187 +#: using-d-i.xml:167 #, no-c-format msgid "Looks for and mounts a Debian installation CD." msgstr "寻找并挂载 Debian 安装 CD。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:195 +#: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg" msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:195 +#: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " @@ -330,26 +302,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "配置计算机网络连接，使它能连上互联网。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:204 +#: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format msgid "iso-scan" msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:204 +#: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "寻找 ISO 文件系统，它可能存在于 CD-ROM 或者硬盘上。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:213 +#: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "choose-mirror" msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:213 +#: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " @@ -357,13 +329,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "列出 Debian 软件包镜像。用户可以选择从哪里安装软件包。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:222 +#: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-checker" msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:222 +#: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that " @@ -371,13 +343,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "检验 CD-ROM。这种方法确保用户使用的安装 CD-ROM 没有损坏。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:231 +#: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format msgid "lowmem" msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:231 +#: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " @@ -388,13 +360,13 @@ msgstr "" "是丧失一些特性)。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:241 +#: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format msgid "anna" msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:241 +#: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " @@ -402,13 +374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT。安装软件包从选择的镜像或 CD 获取。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:250 +#: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format msgid "partman" msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:250 +#: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " @@ -420,26 +392,26 @@ msgstr "" "如自动模式或 LVM 支持。在 Debian 里这是推荐的分区工具。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:262 +#: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "autopartkit" msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:262 +#: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "根据用户预设，自动为整个硬盘分区。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:271 +#: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "partitioner" msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:271 +#: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " @@ -447,13 +419,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "允许用户为系统安排磁盘分区。根据用户计算机的体系选择和善的分区工具。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:281 +#: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "partconf" msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:281 +#: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " @@ -461,13 +433,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "显示分区列表，按用户指令为选择的分区创建文件系统。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format msgid "lvmcfg" msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " @@ -475,13 +447,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "帮助用户配置 <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:299 +#: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format msgid "mdcfg" msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:299 +#: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " @@ -493,13 +465,49 @@ msgstr "" "器的高级管理。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:310 +#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#, no-c-format +msgid "tzsetup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "clock-setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "user-setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format msgid "base-installer" msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:310 +#: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " @@ -507,13 +515,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "安装一些基本的包，让计算机重起后能在 Linux 下运行。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:319 +#: using-d-i.xml:323 +#, no-c-format +msgid "apt-setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:323 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:332 +#, no-c-format +msgid "pkgsel" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:332 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Uses tasksel to select and install additional software." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "os-prober" msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:319 +#: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " @@ -527,86 +561,62 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:331 +#: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format msgid "bootloader-installer" msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:331 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Installs a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the " -"computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot " -"loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the " -"computer boots." +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." msgstr "" "在硬盘上安装启动引导程序，这是必须的一步，使得计算机不必依靠软盘和 CD-ROM 启" "动。许多引导程序都允许用户在启动的时候选择使用哪个操作系统。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:342 -#, no-c-format -msgid "base-config" -msgstr "base-config" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:342 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to user " -"preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it is the " -"<quote>first run</quote> of the new Debian system." -msgstr "" -"根据用户设置提供配置系统软件包的对话框。它通常在新 Debian 系统<quote>首次运行" -"</quote>时工作。" - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format msgid "shell" msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "让用户能从菜单或者第二控制台执行 shell。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:361 -#, no-c-format -msgid "bugreporter" -msgstr "bugreporter" - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:361 +#: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format msgid "save-logs" msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:372 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk<phrase " -"condition=\"etch\">, network, hard disk, or other media</phrase> when " -"trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software " -"problems to Debian developers later." +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." msgstr "" "当用户遇到麻烦时，提供一种方式记录信息到软盘<phrase condition=\"etch\">，网" "络，硬盘或其他介质</phrase>，用于以后给 Debian 开发人员精确报告安装程序的问" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:380 +#: using-d-i.xml:390 #, no-c-format msgid "Using Individual Components" msgstr "使用单独的组件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:381 +#: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " @@ -621,13 +631,13 @@ msgstr "" "块，取决于您的安装方法和您的硬件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:393 +#: using-d-i.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration" msgstr "启动 Debian 安装程序与配置硬件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:394 +#: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " @@ -647,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr "" "语言，键盘布局或网络镜像)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:407 +#: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" @@ -661,13 +671,13 @@ msgstr "" "是所有的驱动程序都就绪，硬件侦测会在后续过程里面多次重复。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:422 +#: using-d-i.xml:432 #, no-c-format msgid "Check available memory" msgstr "检测有效的内存" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:424 +#: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " @@ -679,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" "进程，使您可以将 &debian; 安装到您的系统上。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:431 +#: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " @@ -690,81 +700,13 @@ msgstr "" "言。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:446 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Language selection" -msgstr "选择语言" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:448 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"As the first step of the installation, select the language in which you want " -"the installation process to proceed. The language names are listed in both " -"English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on " -"the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The " -"list is sorted on the English names." -msgstr "" -"安装的第一步，选择您希望安装过程使用的语言。语言名称列表使用英文(左侧)和该语" -"言本身(右侧)显示； 右侧的语言可以用正确的形态表现出来。该列表以英文名称排序。" - -#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:456 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " -"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " -"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " -"default to English. The selected language will also be used to help select a " -"suitable keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"您选择的语言将用于紧接着的安装过程，对话框已经有各种语言翻译的版本。如果选择" -"的语言没有对应翻译的版本，安装将默认使用英文。选择的语言也将助于选择一个合适" -"的键盘布局。" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:473 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Country selection" -msgstr "选择国家" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:475 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you selected a language in <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/> which has " -"more than one country associated with it (true for Chinese, English, French, " -"and many other languages), you can specify the country here. If you choose " -"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be " -"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent." -msgstr "" -"如果您选择的语言 <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/>与多个国家关联(存在于中文，" -"英文，法文，以及其它语言)，您可以在这里选择国家。如果您从列表的底部选择 " -"<guimenuitem>其它</guimenuitem> ，您将看到按大洲分组的全部国家。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:483 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"This selection will be used later in the installation process to pick the " -"default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. If the defaults proposed by the installer are not suitable, you " -"can make a different choice. The selected country, together with the " -"selected language, may also affect locale settings for your new Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" -"在安装过程的后面，这个选择还会被用于设置默认的时区和您所处地理位置的 Debian " -"镜像。如果安装程序默认的建议不合适，您可以做其它选择。选择国家，还有选择语" -"言，都会影响您新 Debian 系统的本地化设置。" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:500 -#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "选择地区选项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:502 +#: using-d-i.xml:458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -777,7 +719,7 @@ msgstr "" "地区选项由语言，国家和地点组成。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -789,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" "的语言没有对应翻译的版本，安装将默认使用英文。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:516 +#: using-d-i.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -802,7 +744,7 @@ msgstr "" "盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:523 +#: using-d-i.xml:479 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -824,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>locales</classname> 软件包也不会安装。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:535 +#: using-d-i.xml:491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -843,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果该语言只关联到一个国家，国家将自动选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:553 +#: using-d-i.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -855,13 +797,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装，您可以选择不同的默认 locale 以及为安装好的系统生成额外的 locale。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:568 +#: using-d-i.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "选择键盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:570 +#: using-d-i.xml:526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -876,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" "(在安装完之后用 root 执行 <command>kbdconfig</command>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -890,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" "是有 <keycap>F1</keycap>到<keycap>F10</keycap> 健，沿着上箭头。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:589 +#: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -902,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" "内核 keymap (LK201 US)。随着 Linux/MIPS 内核的开发，将来也许会改变。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:596 +#: using-d-i.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -920,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr "" "方这两种布局相似。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:608 +#: using-d-i.xml:564 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " @@ -937,7 +879,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果您使用 2.6 内核安装，便不会有问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " @@ -961,13 +903,13 @@ msgstr "" "的地方，这对美式键盘是正确的做法。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:655 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "寻找 Debian 安装程序 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:656 +#: using-d-i.xml:612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -980,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 正是用来完成此任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:663 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1007,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 搜索其它的映象。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:680 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1019,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。这次不只查看最上级目录，而是真正地贯串整个文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:687 +#: using-d-i.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1035,13 +977,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix 用户可以在第二个控制台上完成这些动作，而毋须重新启动。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "配置网络" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:710 +#: using-d-i.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1059,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 页。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1078,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "此，如果您确定都正常，再试一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:733 +#: using-d-i.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1100,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:747 +#: using-d-i.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1121,13 +1063,13 @@ msgstr "" "classname>，它用来一步步进行网络配置。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:786 +#: using-d-i.xml:742 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分区与选择挂载点" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1142,13 +1084,13 @@ msgstr "" "并为近似选项进行配置，比如 LVM 或 RAID 设备。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "硬盘的分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1159,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "的细节，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1172,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" "动编辑分区表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " @@ -1190,73 +1132,73 @@ msgstr "" "不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop machine" msgstr "桌面用机" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Multi-user workstation" msgstr "多用户工作站" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1266,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " @@ -1279,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" "一项，可以让您手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:878 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1290,7 +1232,7 @@ msgstr "" "作为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1301,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1346,7 +1288,7 @@ msgstr "" "可选的标志、采用的文件系统，及其挂载点(如果有的话)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1365,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "划。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1380,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" "本节的后面谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1393,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "中的磁盘条目下会出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>空闲空间</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1422,7 +1364,7 @@ msgstr "" "会自动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1441,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:957 +#: using-d-i.xml:913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1456,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "的步骤，直到您改正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:965 +#: using-d-i.xml:921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" @@ -1467,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:971 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1483,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:979 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1496,13 +1438,13 @@ msgstr "" "盘上进行的所有操作。此时，安装程序会让您确认 是否就照此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1516,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" "移到或符号链接等方法来折腾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1016 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1533,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "firstterm>)。逻辑卷(当然下面是卷组)的亮点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1551,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" "过，您应该查阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1575,64 +1517,7 @@ msgstr "" "卷，这是从菜单 <guimenuitem>修改逻辑卷(LV)</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1052 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing LVM " -"data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. On this particular hardware, the " -"above procedure for creating physical volumes and volume groups will not " -"work. There is a good workaround for this limitation, provided you are " -"familiar with the underlying LVM tools." -msgstr "" -"在 Apple Power Macintosh 硬件上，现在还没有一个广为接受的识别包含 LVM 数据分" -"区的标准。在这种硬件上，以上创建物理卷和卷组的步骤将不能工作。假如您熟悉底层" -"的 LVM 工具，有一种突破这种限制的方法。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1060 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To install using logical volumes on Power Macintosh hardware you should " -"create all the disk partitions for your logical volumes as usual. In the " -"<guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu you should choose " -"<menuchoice><guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Do Not Use</" -"guimenuitem></menuchoice> for these partitions (you will not be offered the " -"option to use the partition as a physical volume). When you are done with " -"creating all your partitions, you should start the logical volume manager as " -"usual. However, since no physical volumes have been created you must now " -"access the command shell available on the second virtual terminal (see <xref " -"linkend=\"shell\"/>) and create them manually." -msgstr "" -"为了在 Power Macintosh 硬件上安装使用逻辑卷，您应该按通常方式创建所有的磁盘分" -"区。在 <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu>菜单里，您应该选择 " -"<menuchoice><guimenu>用做：</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Do Not Use</guimenuitem></" -"menuchoice>对那些分区(您将不会被要求使用这些分区作为物理卷)。当您创建完所有的" -"分区，您可以正常启动逻辑卷管理器。然而，因为没有创建物理卷，您现在必须通过第" -"二虚拟终端 打开命令 shell (参阅 <xref linkend=\"shell\"/>) 并且手动创建它们。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1074 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Use the <command>pvcreate</command> command at the shell command prompt to " -"create a physical volume on each of your chosen partitions. Then use the " -"<command>vgcreate</command> command to create each volume group you want. " -"You can safely ignore any errors about incorrect metadata area header " -"checksums and fsync failures while doing this. When you have finished " -"creating all your volume groups, you should go back to the first virtual " -"terminal and skip directly to the <command>lvmcfg</command> menu items for " -"logical volume management. You will see your volume groups and you can " -"create the logical volumes you need as usual." -msgstr "" -"在命令行提示符下使用 <command>pvcreate</command> 命令为您选择的分区创建物理" -"卷。然后使用 <command>vgcreate</command> 命令创建您需要的卷组。在此过程中，您" -"可以安全地忽略有关 incorrect metadata area header checksums 和 fsync " -"failures 这些错误信息。当您建立完所有的卷组，您可以返回到第一虚拟终端，然后直" -"接跳到 <command>lvmcfg</command> 逻辑卷管理菜单项。您将看到卷组，并可以像通常" -"那样创建逻辑卷。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1643,13 +1528,13 @@ msgstr "" "新建的逻辑卷与其他普通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1023 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1667,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1038 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1680,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1745,101 +1630,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1206 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1207 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1209 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 using-d-i.xml:1224 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 using-d-i.xml:1218 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1219 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1226 using-d-i.xml:1234 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1227 +#: using-d-i.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1231 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1235 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1847,7 +1732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1243 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1857,18 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing RAID " -"data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. This means that &d-i; currently does " -"not support setting up RAID on this platform." -msgstr "" -"在 Apple Power Macintosh 硬件上，现在还没有一个广为接受的识别包含 RAID 数据分" -"区的标准。这意味着当前 &d-i; 还不支持在此平台上建立 RAID。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1256 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1883,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1265 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1898,7 +1772,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1274 +#: using-d-i.xml:1185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1915,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1926,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1943,7 +1817,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1953,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1969,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "" "当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1982,35 +1856,193 @@ msgstr "" "的新 MD 设备并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up the System" +msgstr "安装基本系统" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " +"to set up the system is is about the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +msgstr "配置网络" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " +"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " +"the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgstr "配置网络" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos " +"or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " +"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " +"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " +"to UTC." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Set the Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create an Ordinary User" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes most time of the " -"install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If " -"you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." msgstr "" "尽管这一阶段少有问题，但却需要大量时间用于整个基本系统的下载、校验和解包。如" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络连接，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系统安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty3</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo>; " +"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " +"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " "get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" @@ -2020,18 +2052,18 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/messages</filename> when the installation is performed " -"over a serial console." +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " +"a serial console." msgstr "" "基本系统安装时解包/配置信息保存在 <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> 这是" "在安装程序通过串口控制台执行的情况下。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1367 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2043,13 +2075,255 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Installing Additional Software" +msgstr "安装基本系统" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " +"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " +"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring apt" +msgstr "配置网络" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " +"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " +"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " +"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " +"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " +"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " +"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " +"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " +"a nice user interface." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " +"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " +"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " +"configuration are written to the file /etc/apt/sources.list, and you can " +"examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) " +"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " +"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1528 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " +"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can " +"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " +"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " +"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " +"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " +"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " +"learn." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1562 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " +"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " +"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#, no-c-format +msgid "internet site" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " +"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " +"accept or relay mail." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#, no-c-format +msgid "mail sent by smarthost" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " +"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " +"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " +"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " +"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " +"for dial-up users." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#, no-c-format +msgid "local delivery only" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " +"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " +"further questions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#, no-c-format +msgid "no configuration at this time" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " +"some important messages from your system utilities." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " +"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" +"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " +"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"exim4</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2062,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2075,13 +2349,13 @@ msgstr "" "它们会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。您应该参考启动引导器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2095,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" "计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1415 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2108,28 +2382,14 @@ msgstr "" "动其他操作系统，会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。如果它不能工作，您应该参考启动管" "理器的文档了解更多信息。" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The installer may fail to detect other operating systems if the partitions " -"on which they reside are mounted when the detection takes place. This may " -"occur if you select a mountpoint (e.g. /win) for a partition containing " -"another operating system in <command>partman</command>, or if you have " -"mounted partitions manually from a console." -msgstr "" -"当安装程序检测操作系统的时候，如果分区已经挂载，检测可能会失败。这可能是由于" -"您使用 <command>partman</command> 选择的挂载点(如 /win)包含其他操作系统，或者" -"通过控制台手动挂载一个分区。" - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1445 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2149,13 +2409,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1720 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2170,19 +2430,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1475 +#: using-d-i.xml:1730 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1487 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1489 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2193,7 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手来说是个不错的缺省选择。对老鸟来说，它也同样适合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2205,7 +2465,7 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2215,13 +2475,13 @@ msgstr "" "动引导器。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1517 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2237,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2250,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1535 +#: using-d-i.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2258,13 +2518,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择来安装 <command>LILO</command> 启动加载器：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1797 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2272,13 +2532,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1549 +#: using-d-i.xml:1804 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1549 +#: using-d-i.xml:1804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2289,13 +2549,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2312,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1825 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2328,13 +2588,13 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2359,7 +2619,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -2374,13 +2634,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1617 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -2396,13 +2656,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -2428,13 +2688,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1913 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1659 +#: using-d-i.xml:1914 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -2445,13 +2705,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1923 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -2464,13 +2724,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1679 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -2483,13 +2743,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1948 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -2500,13 +2760,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1958 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -2519,13 +2779,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1979 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI Indys is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -2565,13 +2825,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -2579,13 +2839,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1753 +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -2594,13 +2854,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -2608,13 +2868,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -2624,13 +2884,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -2656,13 +2916,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -2672,20 +2932,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1823 +#: using-d-i.xml:2078 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -2693,13 +2953,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -2709,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2106 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -2719,19 +2979,19 @@ msgstr "" "认的设置，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:1857 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -2749,13 +3009,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2141 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -2768,13 +3028,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2158 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -2789,13 +3049,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -2822,13 +3082,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1948 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用启动引导器继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:2205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -2844,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" "护，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:2214 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -2863,28 +3123,28 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1976 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Finishing the First Stage" -msgstr "完成第一阶段" +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing the Installation" +msgstr "完成安装并重启" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1977 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2232 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new Debian. It mostly " +"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " "consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" "这是在您启动新 Debian 之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1989 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安装并重启" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -2896,7 +3156,7 @@ msgstr "" "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的任务，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2253 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -2909,13 +3169,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2012 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -2926,44 +3186,44 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2281 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2028 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " "installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" -"debian-installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" "如果安装成功，安装过程中创建的记录文件会被自动保存到 <filename>/var/log/" "debian-installer/</filename> 在您的新 Debian 系统上。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " -"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk<phrase condition=\"etch" -"\">, network, hard disk, or other media</phrase>. This can be useful if you " -"encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs " -"on another system or attach them to an installation report." +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." msgstr "" "从主菜单上选择 <guimenuitem>保存调试记录</guimenuitem> 允许您将记录文件保存到" "软盘上<phrase condition=\"etch\">，网络，硬盘或其他介质</phrase>。这是用于安" "装过程中遭遇严重错误的时，您想在其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2056 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2059 +#: using-d-i.xml:2313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -2984,7 +3244,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2071 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3000,7 +3260,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自动完成与历史纪录。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2080 +#: using-d-i.xml:2334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3017,13 +3277,13 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>，或者键入 <command>exit</command> 返回菜单。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2099 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3038,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3058,7 +3318,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2124 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3066,7 +3326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3086,7 +3346,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3097,7 +3357,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2147 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3125,7 +3385,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3141,7 +3401,7 @@ msgstr "" "再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3158,7 +3418,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3171,7 +3431,7 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -3181,13 +3441,13 @@ msgstr "" "止。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2460 #, no-c-format msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" msgstr "在 &d-i; 之内运行 <command>base-config</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage installer " @@ -3198,3 +3458,158 @@ msgstr "" "在安装程序的第一阶段(从硬盘启动之前)，<firstterm>chroot</firstterm> 环境下执" "行 <command>base-config</command>，也可以配置基本系统。但这主要是用来测试安装" "程序，通常应该避免使用。" + +#~ msgid "languagechooser" +#~ msgstr "languagechooser" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " +#~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " +#~ "language is not complete. When a translation is not complete, English " +#~ "messages are shown." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "显示语言与方言的列表。除非选中的语言没有被翻译，安装程序将以您选择的语言显" +#~ "示信息。对于没有翻译的语言，将显示英文信息。" + +#~ msgid "countrychooser" +#~ msgstr "countrychooser" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." +#~ msgstr "显示国家列表。用户可以选择自己生活的国家。" + +#~ msgid "base-config" +#~ msgstr "base-config" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " +#~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " +#~ "is the <quote>first run</quote> of the new Debian system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "根据用户设置提供配置系统软件包的对话框。它通常在新 Debian 系统<quote>首次" +#~ "运行</quote>时工作。" + +#~ msgid "bugreporter" +#~ msgstr "bugreporter" + +#~ msgid "Language selection" +#~ msgstr "选择语言" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As the first step of the installation, select the language in which you " +#~ "want the installation process to proceed. The language names are listed " +#~ "in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the " +#~ "names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the " +#~ "language. The list is sorted on the English names." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安装的第一步，选择您希望安装过程使用的语言。语言名称列表使用英文(左侧)和该" +#~ "语言本身(右侧)显示； 右侧的语言可以用正确的形态表现出来。该列表以英文名称" +#~ "排序。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +#~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " +#~ "no valid translation is available for the selected language, the " +#~ "installer will default to English. The selected language will also be " +#~ "used to help select a suitable keyboard layout." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您选择的语言将用于紧接着的安装过程，对话框已经有各种语言翻译的版本。如果选" +#~ "择的语言没有对应翻译的版本，安装将默认使用英文。选择的语言也将助于选择一个" +#~ "合适的键盘布局。" + +#~ msgid "Country selection" +#~ msgstr "选择国家" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you selected a language in <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/> which has " +#~ "more than one country associated with it (true for Chinese, English, " +#~ "French, and many other languages), you can specify the country here. If " +#~ "you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, " +#~ "you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您选择的语言 <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/>与多个国家关联(存在于中" +#~ "文，英文，法文，以及其它语言)，您可以在这里选择国家。如果您从列表的底部选" +#~ "择 <guimenuitem>其它</guimenuitem> ，您将看到按大洲分组的全部国家。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This selection will be used later in the installation process to pick the " +#~ "default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +#~ "location. If the defaults proposed by the installer are not suitable, you " +#~ "can make a different choice. The selected country, together with the " +#~ "selected language, may also affect locale settings for your new Debian " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在安装过程的后面，这个选择还会被用于设置默认的时区和您所处地理位置的 " +#~ "Debian 镜像。如果安装程序默认的建议不合适，您可以做其它选择。选择国家，还" +#~ "有选择语言，都会影响您新 Debian 系统的本地化设置。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing " +#~ "LVM data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. On this particular hardware, " +#~ "the above procedure for creating physical volumes and volume groups will " +#~ "not work. There is a good workaround for this limitation, provided you " +#~ "are familiar with the underlying LVM tools." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 Apple Power Macintosh 硬件上，现在还没有一个广为接受的识别包含 LVM 数据" +#~ "分区的标准。在这种硬件上，以上创建物理卷和卷组的步骤将不能工作。假如您熟悉" +#~ "底层的 LVM 工具，有一种突破这种限制的方法。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install using logical volumes on Power Macintosh hardware you should " +#~ "create all the disk partitions for your logical volumes as usual. In the " +#~ "<guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu you should choose " +#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Do Not Use</" +#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> for these partitions (you will not be offered " +#~ "the option to use the partition as a physical volume). When you are done " +#~ "with creating all your partitions, you should start the logical volume " +#~ "manager as usual. However, since no physical volumes have been created " +#~ "you must now access the command shell available on the second virtual " +#~ "terminal (see <xref linkend=\"shell\"/>) and create them manually." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "为了在 Power Macintosh 硬件上安装使用逻辑卷，您应该按通常方式创建所有的磁" +#~ "盘分区。在 <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu>菜单里，您应该选择 " +#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>用做：</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Do Not Use</" +#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>对那些分区(您将不会被要求使用这些分区作为物理" +#~ "卷)。当您创建完所有的分区，您可以正常启动逻辑卷管理器。然而，因为没有创建" +#~ "物理卷，您现在必须通过第二虚拟终端 打开命令 shell (参阅 <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"shell\"/>) 并且手动创建它们。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the <command>pvcreate</command> command at the shell command prompt " +#~ "to create a physical volume on each of your chosen partitions. Then use " +#~ "the <command>vgcreate</command> command to create each volume group you " +#~ "want. You can safely ignore any errors about incorrect metadata area " +#~ "header checksums and fsync failures while doing this. When you have " +#~ "finished creating all your volume groups, you should go back to the first " +#~ "virtual terminal and skip directly to the <command>lvmcfg</command> menu " +#~ "items for logical volume management. You will see your volume groups and " +#~ "you can create the logical volumes you need as usual." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在命令行提示符下使用 <command>pvcreate</command> 命令为您选择的分区创建物" +#~ "理卷。然后使用 <command>vgcreate</command> 命令创建您需要的卷组。在此过程" +#~ "中，您可以安全地忽略有关 incorrect metadata area header checksums 和 " +#~ "fsync failures 这些错误信息。当您建立完所有的卷组，您可以返回到第一虚拟终" +#~ "端，然后直接跳到 <command>lvmcfg</command> 逻辑卷管理菜单项。您将看到卷" +#~ "组，并可以像通常那样创建逻辑卷。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing " +#~ "RAID data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. This means that &d-i; " +#~ "currently does not support setting up RAID on this platform." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 Apple Power Macintosh 硬件上，现在还没有一个广为接受的识别包含 RAID 数" +#~ "据分区的标准。这意味着当前 &d-i; 还不支持在此平台上建立 RAID。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installer may fail to detect other operating systems if the " +#~ "partitions on which they reside are mounted when the detection takes " +#~ "place. This may occur if you select a mountpoint (e.g. /win) for a " +#~ "partition containing another operating system in <command>partman</" +#~ "command>, or if you have mounted partitions manually from a console." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "当安装程序检测操作系统的时候，如果分区已经挂载，检测可能会失败。这可能是由" +#~ "于您使用 <command>partman</command> 选择的挂载点(如 /win)包含其他操作系" +#~ "统，或者通过控制台手动挂载一个分区。" + +#~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" +#~ msgstr "完成第一阶段" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/welcome.po b/po/zh_CN/welcome.po index 8e9a1d98c..06164b9c6 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/welcome.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/welcome.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-26 14:23+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -567,7 +567,9 @@ msgid "" "tries to make as few assumptions as possible about your level of expertise. " "However, we do assume that you have a general understanding of how the " "hardware in your computer works." -msgstr "本文意在成为 Debian 的新手的使用手册。尽管它对用户的专业知识水平已 经做了尽量少的假设，但我们还是设想您对计算机硬件如何工作有一个基本 的了解。" +msgstr "" +"本文意在成为 Debian 的新手的使用手册。尽管它对用户的专业知识水平已 经做了尽量" +"少的假设，但我们还是设想您对计算机硬件如何工作有一个基本 的了解。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:401 @@ -634,15 +636,16 @@ msgstr "讲述的是如何启动安装系统。本章还将讨论如何解决这 #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:443 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. " "This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, " "configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files " "can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing " -"from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of minimal " -"working system. (Some background about setting up the partitions for your " -"Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" +"from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of a base system, " +"then selection and installation of tasks. (Some background about setting up " +"the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>.)" msgstr "" "执行真正的安装是在 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。其中涉及选择语言，设置周边" "驱动模块，设置网络连接以从 Debian 服务器上获得后续安装文件(如果您不是采用光盘" @@ -651,22 +654,16 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:456 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Boot into your newly installed base system and run through some additional " -"configuration tasks, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +"Boot into your newly installed base system, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">." msgstr "" "从您新安装的基本系统启动，然后执行一些额外的设置任务，<xref linkend=\"boot-" "new\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:462 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Install additional software in <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." -msgstr "安装额外的软件位于 <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:469 +#: welcome.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-" @@ -677,7 +674,7 @@ msgstr "" "寻找更多有关 Unix 和 Debian 的信息，以及如何替换您的内核。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:479 +#: welcome.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be " @@ -687,13 +684,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: welcome.xml:489 +#: welcome.xml:484 #, no-c-format msgid "Your Documentation Help is Welcome" msgstr "欢迎给文档提供帮助" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:491 +#: welcome.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. " @@ -706,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" "语言与硬件体系版本的列表。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:498 +#: welcome.xml:493 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> " @@ -719,13 +716,13 @@ msgstr "" "进行提交，但是请先检查该问题是否已经被报告过)。" #. Tag: title -#: welcome.xml:514 +#: welcome.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "About Copyrights and Software Licenses" msgstr "关于版权与软件协议" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:517 +#: welcome.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most " @@ -746,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:530 +#: welcome.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software " @@ -763,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" "发布。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:541 +#: welcome.xml:536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some " @@ -782,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "FTP archives</quote> 章节以了解档案布局和内容的更多信息。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:555 +#: welcome.xml:550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</" @@ -807,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>都可以在 Debian 系统中得到。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:574 +#: welcome.xml:569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses " @@ -822,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" "后就存在了。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:584 +#: welcome.xml:579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether " @@ -833,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian 自由软件准则</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:590 +#: welcome.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The most important legal notice is that this software comes with " @@ -848,3 +845,6 @@ msgstr "" "为的是使社群受益，而不能保证软件适用于任何特定用途。但是，因为软件是自由的，" "您可以修改此软件以使其能适用于您的需要 — 并享用其他人采用这种途径扩展后" "的修改成果。" + +#~ msgid "Install additional software in <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." +#~ msgstr "安装额外的软件位于 <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>。" |